Faculty Of Engineering, Handbook, 1982 · 2016-01-21 · This Volume is intended as a reference handbook for students enrolling in courses conducted by the Faculty of Engineering

I! UNIVERSITY OF NEWCA!ITI.E

( ARCHIVES

SERIAL 7

UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE

New South Wales

CALENDAR 1982

Volume 7

FACUL TV OF ENGINEERING

HANDBOOK 1982

THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE NEW SOUTH WALES 2308

ISSN 0159 - 3455

Telephone- Newcastle 68 0401

Two dollars

Recommended price

This Volume is intended as a reference handbook for students enrolling in courses conducted by the Faculty of Engineering.

The colour band. Lapis Lazuli BCC 150. on the cover is the lining colour of the hood of Bachelors of Engineering of this University.

The information in this Handbook is correct as at I October. 1981

Printed for the University by Knight Bros. Printery Pty. Ltd.

George Street, Mayfield. N.S. W. 2304

2

A Message from the Dean

On behalf of the staff of the Faculty of Engineering, I wish to extend a very warm welcome to all students - those who are entering the University and the Faculty for the first time and those who are returning to commence another year of studies.

Having chosen to study in one of the fields of Engineering, in Surveying or Metallurgy, we believe you are embarking on a professional career which is both challenging and stimulating. It is clear we are living in a technological age - an age which has seen a tremendous burst of scientific and technological development and which has had a marked effect on the modes and characteristics of our society. It is also clear that the future of our society is very much dependent on the solution of a number of very complex technological problems. notably those associated with the alternative forms of energy and with food production. Graduates in the various professions of Engineering, Surveying and Metallurgy will, in their own way, be required to contribute to the solution of these problems.

With these objectives in mind, the Faculty of Engineering has continued to up-date course material to meet the current and future standard of the professions and the needs of society. To ensure that this is done effectively, it is essential to maintain a stimulating learning environment, teaching and assessment methods. While the various courses provide the essential depth of study in the principal technical fields, we believe it to be of major importance that students gain some breadth in their educational experience. For this reason each degree programme contains a component of supporting studies in which students are encouraged to take subjects in other faculties. The rationale for this is obvious. While the role of the professional Engineer, Surveyor or Metallurgist may be seen as providing technical solutions to technical problems, he or she must also be acutely aware of the social implications of the decisions being made. The inter-relation of the professions and society is one of growing importance.

The opportunity to obtain a well-rounded tertiary educational experience is embodied in the very concept of the University system. The University environment, with its excellent campus and facilities, together with the many extra-curricula activities, creates an opportunity for obtaining a total experience, indeed a unique experience, in one's lifetime. For this reason I would encourage you to take full advantage of the opportunities available to you and, where time permits, take an active interest in the various facets of University life.

The Staff of the Faculty will do everything possible to make your work both interesting and enjoyable and will be anxious to help you with any problems you may have. I personally would be most happy to assist you in any way I can, and would be grateful for any feedback of a constructive nature that you may wish to offer.

In conclusion. I wish you well in your studies at this University. There is no doubt that a course of study leading to an Engineering, Surveying or Metallurgy degree requires a great deal of dedication and perseverance, but the task is certainly a rewarding one.

A. W. Roberts, Dean. Faculty of Engineering.

3

Message from Dean

Introduction

CONTENTS

Section !-Staff of the Faculty of Engineering

Section 2-The Faculty of Engineering and the Degrees Offered

I The Faculty of Engineering

II Undergraduate Courses

(i) Department of Chemical Engineering (ii) Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying (iii) Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering (iv) Department of Mechanical Engineering (v) Department of Metallurgy

III Postgraduate Degrees and Diplomas

(i) Diploma in Industrial Engineering (ii) Diploma in Surveying (iii) Master of Engineering Science (iv) Master of Engineering (v) Master of Science (vi) Doctor of Philosophy

Section 3-Degree Requirements and Faculty Policies

I Degree Requirements for Undergraduate Courses

Page No. 3

6

7

12

12

13 I3 15 15 16

16 17 17 18 18 18

~~~mffiU W Core Programmes 25

Degree Programmes

(a) Department of Chemical Engineering 27 (b) Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying 32 (c) Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering 38 (d) Department of Mechanical Engineering 44 (e) Department of Metallurgy 51

II Requirements for Postgraduate Diplomas and Degrees

(a) Requirements for the Diploma in Industrial Engineering 55 (b) Requirements for the Diploma in Surveying 57 (c) Masters Degree Regulations 59

Approved M.Eng.Sc. Subjects 64

III Policies Determined by Faculty Board under Degree Requirements

(a) Award of Merit and Honours 67 (b) Unsatisfactory Progress 71 (c) Mutually Exclusive Subjects 7 I (d) Years/Stage Classification 72 (e) Alternative Subjects 72 (f) Standing and Exemption Examinations for Holders of

Technical College Certificates 72 (g) Industrial Training Requirements 73 (h) Compensation Procedure 74

Section 4-Subject Descriptions

Guide to Subject Entries 78

Subjects Offered by Departments Comprising the Faculty of Engineering

4

Chemical Engineering

Civil Engineering

Electrical and Computer Engineering

General Engineering

Mechanical Engineering

Metallurgy

Surveying

II Subjects Offered by Departments Outside the Faculty of Engineering

Chemistry

Economics

Geography

Mathematics

Philosopl\y

Physics

Section 5-Combined Degree Programmes

Section 6-Subject Computer Numbers

General Information- Between pages 100 & 101

5

81

91

100

110

113

126

133

138

139

141

142

142

ISO

!52

ISS

179

INTRODUCTION

In this Handbook we have attempted to provide most of the information you will need regarding both undergraduate and postgraduate courses offered in the Faculty of Engineering. This Handbook will help you to know who the people in your Faculty are, the requirements for degrees offered in the Faculty and the ways that these can be satisfied, what subjects are offered, and the books required for these subjects; and where to turn for more information, advice and help. Section 1 sets out the staff of the Faculty of Engineering. Section 2 deals with the Departments of the Faculty and courses for which each Department is responsible. Degree requirements for both undergraduate and postgraduate courses are set out in Section 3 and descriptions of subjects are listed in Section 4. Approved programmes for combined degree courses are set out in Section 5 and subject computer numbers for use with Enrolment Forms and Variation of Programme Forms are listed in Section 6.

ADVICE AND INFORMATION

Advice and information on matters concerning the Faculty of Engineering can be obtained from a number of people. For general enquiries about University regulations, Faculty rules and policies, studies within the Faculty and so on, you should see:

The Faculty Secretary Mr. B. J. Kelleher

The Faculty Administrative Assistant The Sub- Dean of the Faculty or The Dean of the Faculty

Mr. G. D. Gordon

Mr. G. D. Butler

Professor A. W. Roberts. For enquiries regarding studies in particular Departments within the Faculty you should arrange to see the following staff in the particular Department concerned:

Chemical Engineering Dr. W. G. Kirchner

Civil Engineering

Electrical and Computer Engineering

Mechanical and Industrial Engineering

Metallurgy

Surveying

or Professor G. J. Jameson

Dr. W .. ~G. Field or Professor F. M. Henderson

Mr. J. G. Alva or Associate Professor G. C. Goodwin

Mr. G. D. Butler or Professor A. W. Roberts

Mr. J. E. McLennan or Professor E. 0. Hall

Dr. F. L. Clarke

6

Section 1

STAFF OF THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

7

FACULTY QF ENGINEERING

Dean Professor A. W. Roberts. BE. PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MIMechE

Deputy Dean Professor G. J. Jameson. BSc(New South Wales). PhD(Cambridge). ASTC, CEng. MIChemE

Sub-Dean G. D. Butler. BE(New South Wales). MSc(Cranfield},-ASTC. MIEAust

Faculty Secretary B. J. Kelleher, BE, BCom

Faculty Administrative Assistant G. D. Gordon, BA

Professor of Engineering D. w/George, AO. BSc, BE. PhD(Sydney), FTS, FlEE. FIMechE, FIEAust. FAIP

(Vice-Chancellor and Principal) (Personal Chair)

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Professor G. J. Jameson. BSc(New South Wales), PhD(Cambridge), ASTC. CEng, MIChemE

Senior Lecturers W. G. Kirchner, MSc, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC. CEng, MIChemE, MIRE(Aust). MIEAust K. Lyne-Smith, BE(Sydney), MSc(New South Wales), PhD J. Roberts, BSc(New South Wales), ME, ASTC, ARACI T. F. Wall, PhD, FRMIT(Chem Eng), CEng, MIE(Aust), AMinstF, MCombl

Departmental Office Staff Amor J. Futter

Honorary Professor I. McC. Stewart, ME(Queensland), SM(Massachusetts Institute of Technology), CEng,

MIChemE, FlnstF, MAusiMM. MCombl. FIEAust

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING

Professor F. M. Henderson, MSc, BE(New Zealand), MICE, MASCE, FIEAust, MNZIE

Associate Professor B. L. Karihaloo, BSc(Eng)(Ranchi), MTech(IIT. Bombay), PhD(Moscow)

Senior Lecturers N. 0. Netts, BSc(South Africa). BSc(Eng) (Capetown). MSc(Cranfield), MEngSc(New South

Wales), MICE, MIEAust, MSAICE F. L. Clarl'e, BSurv(New South Wales), PhD, LS, MISAust M. H. Elfick, DipSurvSc(Sydney), DipT&CP(Sydney). LS, MISAust W. G. Field, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC J. G. Fryer, BSurv, PhD(New South Wales), MISAust B. S. Heaton, BE(New South Wales), ME, ASTC. MIEAust P. W. Kleeman, BE(Adelaide), FSASM A. W. Page, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC, MIEAust

Lecturers H. L. Mitchell, BSurv, PhD(New South Wales), MISAust J. C. Small, BSc(Eng)(London), PhD(Sydney), GradiEAust B. J. Williams, BE(Adelaide), MEngSc(New ~outh Wales), PhD(Melbourne), MIEAust

Professional Officer R G. Hanson, BE(Canterbury), DipBusStud, MIEAust, GradNZIE

8

/

Departmental Office Staff Margaret J. Sivyer, BA Carol A. Mostran

ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Professors B. D. 0. Anderson, BSc. BE(Sydney), PhD(Stanford), FAA, FTS, FIEEE, FIEAust, MSIAM J. B. Moore. BE, MEngSc(Queensland), PhD(Santa Clara), FIEEE

Associate Professors G. C. Goodwin, BSc, BE. PhD(New South Wales). MIEEE, MIEAust A. cantoni. BE. PhD(Westem Australia), MIEEE

Senior Lecturers J. G. Alva, BSc(Durham). MSc(Eng)(London). CEng, MIEE P. J. Moylan. BE(Melbourne). ME. PhD, MIEEE. AMACS

Lecturers B. J. Cook, HND(Elect)(Plymouth Polytechnic), PhD(Bristol). MIEE, CEng R. J. Evans. BE(Melbourne). ME. PhD, MIEEE K. K. Saluja, BE(Roorkee), MS, PhD(Iowa). MIEEE. MACM

Professional Officer R. W. Goodhew, BE(New South Wales), ASTC. MIEAust, AMIEE

Departmental Office Staff Elizabeth M. Fewings Maureen E. Byrnes Dianne E. Piefke

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Professors R. A. Antonia. BE. MEngSc, PhD(Sydney). MIEAust, FRMS A. W. Roberts. BE, PhD(New South Wales). ASTC, FIEAust. MIMechE

Associate Professor E. Betz, ME, PhD(New South Wales). ASTC, FIEAust, MASME

Senior Lecturers L. W. B. Browne. BE(Sydney), PhD G. D. Butler, BE(New South Wales). MSc(Cranfield). ASTC, MIEAust A. J. Chambers. BE(New south Wales). ME: PhD(Stanford), GradiEAust J. W. Hayes, BE, MEngSc(Sydney), MIEAust, MAllE, AMORSA, MASOR K. L. Hitz, BE(New South Wales). PhD R. D. Parbery, ME, BSc. MIEAust H. A. Willems. BE(New South Wales), ME; DiplNaval Arch, MTS(Dordrecht), ASTC, MRINA

Lecturers B. T. Valaire. BSc(Tech)(New South Wales). ME, GradiEAust D. H. Wood, BE. MEngSc(Sydney), PhD(London), DIC

Senior Tutor B. J. Hill, BSc(Eng), MEngSc, PhD, GradiEAust

Professional Officers J. A. Lewis, BSc(New South Wales); ME. ASTC, MIEAust, AMAusiMM M. Ooms, BE R. J. Scobie, ASTC 0. J. Scott. ME Departmental Office Staff Marcia M. Couper Isabel Sherwood Pamela Falkiner

9

METALLURGY

Professor E. 0. Hall, MSc(New Zealand), PhD(Cambridge), FlnstP, MAusiMM, FIM(Lond.), FAIP, FRSA

Associate Professor W. A. Oates, BMet(Sheffield). MSc, CEng, FIM

Senior Lecturers J. D. Browne. BSc(London). MSc(New South Wales). PhD(Monash), AAIP J. E. McLennan, MSc(New South Wales), ASTC, AIM(Lond.) N. A. Molloy, BE(Queensland), CEng

Professional Officers J. A. Grahame, ASTC D. D. Todd, MSc(New South Wales), PhD. ASTC, ARACI. DipOen(ORI Surrey)

Departmental Office Staff Elizabeth M. Vincer

Honorary Professors A. V. Bradshaw, BSc(London), ARSM, MIMM, FIM G. R. Belton, BSc, PhD(London), DIC(London)

10

Section 2

THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND THE DEGREES OFFERED

11

r

I. THE' FACULTY OF ENGINEERING The Faculty of Engineering is constituted by' the Council of the University under By-law 2.4. I and comprises the Departments of Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Metallurgy. The Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering is charged with conducting the affairs of the Faculty under By-law 2.4.2. The Faculty Board consists of: (i) the members of the full-time academic

staff of the Departments composing the Faculty;

(ii) a member from the Department of Chemistry;

(iii) a member from the Department of Geology;

(iv) a member from the Department of Physics;

(v) a member from the Department of Architecture;

(vi) a member from the Department of Psychology;

(vii) two members from the Department of Mathematics;

(viii) a member from the Faculty of Arts; (ix) two members from the Faculty of

Economics and Commerce; (x) a member from the Department of

Education;

(xi) four student members.

The responsibilities of the Faculty Board are set out in By-law 2.4.4 which states:

"Subject to the authority of the Council and the Senate and to any resolution thereof, a Faculty BJard shall:

(a) encourage and supervise the teaching and research activities of the Faculty;

(b) determine the nature and extent of examining in the subjects in the courses of study for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty;

(c) determine the grades of pass to be awarded and the conditions for granting deferred or special examinations in respect of the subjects in the courses of study for 'the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty;

12

(d) determine matters concerning admissions, enrolment and progression in the courses of study for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty and make recommendations of such of those matters as require consideration by the Admissions Committee;

(e) consider the examination results recommended in respect of each of the candidates for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty and take action in accordance with the Examination Regulations made by the Council under By-law 5.9.1;

(f) deal with any matter referred to it by the Senate;

(g) make recommendations to the Senate on any matter affecting the Faculty;

(h) exercise such other powers and duties as may from time to time be delegated to it by the Council".

The degrees offered by the Faculty of Engineering are:

(i) Undergraduate -

Bachelor of Engineering (B.E.) Bachelor of Metallurgy (B. Met) Bachelor of Surveying (B.Surv.) Bachelor of Science (Engineering)

(B.Sc.(Eng.)) Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy)

(B.Sc.(Met.))

(ii) Postgraduate -

Master of Engineering (M.E.j Master of Science (M.Sc.) Master of Engineering Science

(M.Eng.Sc.)

In addition to the above degrees the Faculty of Engineering also offers the postgraduate Diploma in Industrial Engineering (Dip.Ind. Eng.) and the postgraduate Diploma in Surveying (Dip.Surv.).

Departments within the Faculty are also equipped to supervise research leading to the award of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.).

2. UNDERGRADUATE COURSES OFFERED Each Department within the Faculty of Engineering is responsible for the offering of courses leading to degrees in particular specialities as well as the offering of service

subjects for courses leading to degrees in other specialities.

(i) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

The Department of Chemical Engineering is responsible for teaching courses ' in the speciality of Chemical Engineering.

Chemical Engineering is concerned with processes in which materials in bulk undergo changes - physical, or chemical, or both. Industries employing chemical engineers include the traditional chemical or "process" industries, involved in the production of organic chemicals, fertilisers. foodstuffs, pharmaceuticals, petroleum and petrochemicals. Chemical engineers are also employed in the minerals processing industries. which convert raw ore, which may contain very small amounts of valuable material, into concentrates; and also in the metallurgical industries, which take these concentrates and turn them into metals and oxides. Chemical engineers are actively involved also in the abatement of pollution, and in combustion of gaseous, liquid and solid fuels. They are in the forefront of renewed efforts to find replacements for the world's oil reserves, now rapidly running out, and are heavily engaged in research on making oil from coal or shale; on the production of ethanol from sugar, grain and root crops and many other projects to make more efficient use of existing fuel and chemical feedstocks. and to find economical replacements. On graduation, the majority of chemical engineers find employment with industry, public utilities, or the public service, engaged in design and construction, planning of new projects, plant operation, and research and development, all of which may lead on to higher management positions. Career opportunities can take a chemical engineer right to the top of a large industrial concern.

The study of chemical engineering is based on a firm foundation of chemistry, mathematics and physics, which feature heavily in the early years of the course. Professional subjects are introduced especially in years III and IV.

13

The basic course offered in the Department of Chemical Engineering is the Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Chemical Engineering. This may be taken as a fouryear full-time course, or by part-time study. A course of two years part-time followed by three years full-time is an excellent pattern. Students are strongly advised to take the final year full- time.

In the third and fourth years, students take a number of elective topics in which they may choose freely from professional and nonprofessional subjects offered by other departments in the university. Also, a structured Option in Process Metallurgy is available in which a student may take a number of courses offered by the Department of Metallurgy, especially designed to give a strong background in theory and practice of process metallurgy, without materially affecting the number of chemical engineering topics taken bv the student.

The degree course is recognised for the full academic requirements for corporate membership of The Institution of Engineers, Australia. and the Institution of Chemical Engineers (Great Britain). It is also recognised by the Royal Australian Chemical Institute, and the Australian Institute of Energy. Degree requirements and course programmes for the above degrees and options are set out in Section 3 of this handbook. In addition to these degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree B.E. in the Chemical Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A., B.Com .. B.Ec., B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

(ii) DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING

The Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying is responsible for teaching courses in the specialities of Civil Engineering and Surveying. Civil Engineering is the application of science to the improvement of the community's environment. It is concerned with the design and construction of water supply and conservation projects, hydro-electric development, roads, railways, bridges and tunnels, large buildings, irrigation, sewer-

age and harbour and river development. The Civil Engineer "adapts the forces of nature for the use and convenience of mankind". His academic training includes the study of science and engineering practice. He must combine this with experience and judgement. and the knowledge and personality necessary to control large organisations of workers. This profession offers to a young person a considerable variety of types of work ranging from specialised research and investigations, through routine design and construction work to higher positions which are largely managerial and organisational in their nature. Surveying entails the measurement of lengths, angles and heights on the earth's surface and thus a land surveyor is an expert in such measurements. The land surveyor's claim to professional status, however. lies in his ability to use and interpret the results of his. or others'. measurements of these qualities. The work of surveyors may be divided into several categories. such as Cadastral Surveying, Engineering Surveying. Topographical Surveying, Geodetic Surveying, and Hydrographic Surveying. There is also a current trend which may lead to the surveyor coming to be regarded as an expert in all aspects of land use and management. Modern technology plays a large part in the life of the twentieth century surveyor. He may be required to use very sophisticated electronic equipment for precise distance measurement, programmable electronic desk computers or precision plotting machines interfaced with electronic computers. As well as being trained to handle such equipment, and the conventional surveying instruments such as theodolites. levels, tapes. etc .. he must be educated in such a way as to ensure that he is not left behind in the inevitable advance of surveying technology during his working lifetime.

This implies that this education should include a good grounding in mathematics and physics, the sciences which form the basis of technology. However, his education must be far broader than this, as he must be able to apply existing and new techniques to the various fields of surveying which were mentioned earlier. This requires an understanding of the require-

14

ments of each of these fields, and a study of a number of special disciplines which are involved in supplying these requirements e.g. study of land law. town planning, land use. economics etc. is essential to the correct development of land for society's needs; while the study of specialised branches of mathematics may be needed for an understanding of geodetic surveying and mapping.

In order to work in a full professional capacity in the field of Cadastral or Property Surveying, it is necessary to become a Registered Surveyor under the Surveyors Act, 1929, as amended. Before applying for registration a surveyor is required to graduate from a University. Institute of Technology or a College of Advanced Education in Surveying. In New South Wales only two such courses are available. These are offered by the University of New South Wales and this University. A surveying graduate is required to serve two years under articles to a Registered Surveyor engaged primarily on land boundary surveys. An exemption of up to six months may be granted in respect of non-continuous training and experience gained during vacation periods. provided it is gained under a Registered Surveyor engaged in land boundary definition during that period. The surveyor must provide a certificate satisfactory to the Board of Surveyors of New South Wales. A further non-continuous period of up to six months may be served under articles during vacations, i.e. the student must become articled to each surveyor for whom he works. and the articles must be registered with the Board. The Board of Surveyors administers the Surveyors Act of 1929. Its executive officer is known as the Registrar. and enquiries regarding any aspect of registration should be directed to him. The remaining period of articles. being not less than one year, is taken after completion of the degree by fulltime students. After completing the necessary period under articles candidates for registration are required to complete the Board's examination.

Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Civil Engineering.

(a) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Civil Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and parttime attendance. The degree is recognised for the full academic requirements of corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers, Australia. The first two years of this course are accepted by the University of New South Wales as exemption from the first two years of that University's Bachelor of Engineering degree course in Mining Engineering.

(b) BACHELOR OF SURVEYING. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and parttime attendance.

Degree Requirements and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

In addition to the above degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree of B.E. in the Civil Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A .. B. Com .. B.Ec .. B. Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

A combined programme leading to the degree of B.E. in the Civil Engineering speciality offered in this University together with the Diploma in Natural Resources or the degree of Bachelor of Natural Resources offered in the University of New England can also be taken. For further information on this combined programme see Section 3 of this Handbook. (iii) DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND

COMPUTER ENGINEERING The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering is responsible for teaching courses in the specialities of Computer Engineering and Electrical Engineering. Electrical and Computer Engineering are rapidly expanding branches of engineering. They include such fields as computer and information science, switching theory, the theory and design of automatic control systems, electronics, and the study of electrical power

· generation and distribution.

15

In preparation for a career in any branch of Electrical or Computer Engineering, the student must acquire a knowledge of the basic sciences of Mathematics and Physics. Electrical and Computer Engineering, perhaps more than most other branches of engineering, are closely linked with the pure sciences and require a scientific outlook and approach for the proper understanding of the problems involved.

Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering. (a) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the

speciality of Electrical Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and part-time attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern.

(b) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Computer Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time or part-time attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern.

Degree Requirements and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. These degree courses are recognised for the full academic requirements of corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers, Australia. In addition to the above degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree of B. E. in either the Computer Engineering or Electrical Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A., B.Com., B.Ec., B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

(iv) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

The Department of Mechanical Engineering is responsible for teaching courses in the specialities of Industrial and Mechanical Engineering. Mechanical Engineering is probably the broadest in scope of all the briiiiches .of engineering. Basically it is concerned with

all aspects of the production and us~ of mechanical energy. This involves act1v1t1es such as the design and operation of machinery and mechanisms. but. the range of activities for which mechan1cal engmeers are responsible is much wider covering many fields. Industrial Engineering is closely related to mechanical engineering but the emphasis is shifted towards management science. operations research and economics. The industrial engineer is concerned with the design improvement and installation of integrated systems of men, materials and equipment. Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Mechanical Engineering. (a) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the

speciality of Mechanical Engineering. This may be read as a four year fulltime course or a seven year part- time course or any combination of full- time and part-time attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern. The first two years of this course are accepted by the University of New South Wales as exemption from the first two years of that University's Bachelor of Engineering degree course in Naval Architecture.

(b) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Industrial Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and part-time attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern.

Degree Requirements and course programmes fer the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

These degree courses are recognised for the full academic requirements of corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers. Australia. In addition to the above degree courses. combined courses leading to the degree of B.E. in either the Mechanical or Industrial Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A.. B.Com .. B.Ec., B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

16

(v) DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY

The Department of Metallurgy is responsible for teaching courses in the speciality of Metallurgy.

The field of knowledge, experience and practice covered by the term Metallurgy is one that has expanded and developed greatly in the past and is still doing so today. Briefly metallurgy is concerned with the extraction of metals from their ores. their properties. fabrication and fundamental structure. Embracing such a wide field the subject gives scope for many types of interest and allows the inter-action of many disciplines.

Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Metallurgy.

(a) BACHELOR OF METALLURGY. This may be studied as a full-time of parttime degree and may be taken out after the successful completion of the equivalent of four years full-time study and the fulfilment of the requirements of industrial experience. Candidates achieving a high over-all standard may be awarded the degree with Honours. The standard required is calculated on a grade point average system.

Various combinations of full and parttime study are available for both these degree courses.

(b) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METALLURGY). This is a part-time degree and may be taken out after the successful completion of the equivalent of three years full-time study and fulfilment of the requirements of industrial experience.

Degree Requirements and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

In addition to the above degree courses. the combined course leading to the degrees of B.Met. and B. Math. has been approved. The combined course programme is set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

3. POSTGRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED

(i) DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The Department of Mechanical Engineering is responsible for the teaching of subjects

which may be taken in the Diploma of Industrial Engineering.

The Diploma in Industrial Engineering is a postgraduate course directed especially towards those concerned with the planning, supervision and administration of industrial undertakings. The course has a twofold objective. Primarily it has been designed as a bridging course for those graduates with limited or no formal training in the various basic disciplines of industrial engineering. In this respect the programme of study will be selected so as to complement the person's particular technological knowledge with instruction in the industrial field so that he can better perform the {unctions of industrial management, planning and control. For those who already have had in their undergraduate programme, a comprehensive training in the basic disciplines of industrial engineering. the course has a secondary objective. In this case the aim is to broaden the person's basic training with the offer of study in a wider range of disciplines which have an important application in the industrial engineering field.

The Diploma programme consists of ten units of formal course work plus two units of project work. Normally this programme shall be completed in not less than two years of part-time study. although in special cases approved by the Faculty Board, the programme may be completed in one year on a full-time study basis.

The Requirements for the Diploma in Industrial Engineering and the Schedule of Subjects available is set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

(ii) DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING

The Department of Civil Engineering is responsible for the teaching of subjects which form the core of the Diploma in Surveying.

The Diploma in Surveying is a postgraduate course designed to broaden and further the education of the practising surveyor. Recent technological changes have significantly altered the role and operational techniques of surveyors. Many items of equipment and computational methods now in use were unknown ten to fifteen years ago. The course has a twofold objective. Primarily, it has been designed as a bridging course for

17

surveyors with the professional qualification of the Reciprocating Surveyors Boards of Australia and New Zealand. University Degree Courses in Surveying were not available when these surveyors passed the examinations set by those Boards. As a consequence, the variety and depth of the modern curriculum was not available to these people. The Diploma in Surveying is seen as broadening and updating their professional training with a choice of subjects designed to complement their current knowledge. For those surveyors who already have had, in their undergraduate programme. a comprehensive training in the modern developments in surveying, the course has a secondary objective. In this case, the aim is to broaden the person's basic training with the offer of study in a wider range of disciplines which have important applications in some fields of surveying.

The Diploma programme consists of ten units of formal course work plus two units of project work. Normally this programme shall be completed in not less than two years part-time study, although in special cases approved by the Faculty Board, the programme may be completed in one year on a full-time basis.

The Requirements for the Diploma in Surveying. and the Schedule of Subjects available is set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

(iii) MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE

The Master of Engineering Science degree has the primary aim of increasing the knowledge of the student in a specific and professional area. and therefore places more emphasis on course work; nevertheless it includes project work for its own value both in the broadening and the consolidation of knowledge, and as an introduction to research.

The Departments of the Faculty of Engineering offer a group of subjects which comprise the major part of the Master of Engineering Science formal Master's degree programme.

The Master of Engineering Science degree course is offered on both a part-time and full-time basis in order to give graduate engineers the opportunity to update them-

~l-1ln tecJmological areas of interest. .Jl'ht!t;;~egt!!e course Is flexible In that ~d··· a.tes. for the degree may select from a ·~&,; o.um!Jer -of subject comb~nati~ns wfllfl.h:·!l\8Y span one or more engmeenng ,l)t!partments. Some undergraduate or postg~;aduate material may be taken from inside or outside the Faculty of Engineering as . Credit for the degree, provided that such material is relevant to the programme as a whole. Thi~ possibility offers the advantage of advanced training and education which is broad in scope. The course supplements existing Master of Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy programmes which are usually of a research nature. The Requirements for the Master of Engineering Science degree and the subjects offered are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

(iv) MASTER OF ENGINEERING The Master of Engineering degree has the primary aim of introducing the student to research, and bringing him to the point where he will be able to conduct research effectively under direction. Course work will normally be included in the programme

18

with a normal minimum amount of three postgraduate "units", but the quality and standard of work required in the thesis will be at a higher level than that expected of an Honours Bachelor of Engineering graduate. The Requirements for the Master of Engineering degree are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook . (v) MASTER OF SCIENCE

This degree is similar to the Master of Engineering degree but is usually taken by students with a non-engineering background or students who are carrying out research in areas related to engineering. The Requirements for the Master of Science degree are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. (vi) DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

In addition to the above degrees it is possible to register for candidature for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in each Department in the Faculty. Students wishing to obtain information on the requirements for the degree should address enquiries to: The Secretary, University of Newcastle, New South Wales 2308.

Section 3

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS AND FACULTY POLICIES

19

I I- DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGRADUATE COURSES

Contents: I - General II - Bachelor of Engineering

III - Bachelor of Metallurgy IV - Bachelor of Surveying V - Bachelor of Science (Engineering)

VI - Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) VII - Combined Courses

VIII - Relaxing Clause

PART I- GENERAL I. Definitions

In these Requirements, unless the contrary intention appears: "the Faculty" means the Faculty of Engineering and "the Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty of Engineering and "the Departmenr' means the Department responsible for the course in which the candidate is enrolled.

2. Grading of Degrees1 (a) (i) Each of the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Metallurgy and

Bachelor of Surveying may be conferred either as an ordinary degree or as a degree with honours.

(ii) There shall be two classes of Honours, namely, Class I and Class II. Class II shall have two divisions, namely, Division I and Division II.

(b) Each of the degrees of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) may be conferred either as an ordinary degree or as a degree with merit.

3. Approval of Enrolment In any year a candidate shall enrol only in those subjects in which his enrolment has been approved by the Dean or a nominee of the Dean on the recommendation of the Head of Department in which the candidate is enrolling.

4. Timetable Requirements A candidate may not enrol in any year in any combination of subjects which is incompatible with the requirements of the timetable for that year.

5. A Subject (a) To complete a subject qualifying towards a degree, hereinafter called a subject, a

candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars. laboratory classes and field work and carry out such other work as the Department offering the subject may require.

(b) To pass a subject, a candidate shall satisfy the requirements of sub-section (a) of this section to the satisfaction of the examiners and pass such examinations as the Faculty Board shall require.

(c) Subjects for which the course of instruction extends over the first half of the academic year only, the second half of the academic year only, the whole or the substantially greater part of the academic year, shall be classified as Type A, Type B and Type AB subjects respectively.

6. Examinations

7.

Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the Examination Regulations approved by the Council.

Withdrawal (a) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by notifying the Secretary

to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification in writing.

I. For the Faculty Board's policy on the grading of degrees see page 67 of this Handbook.

20

(b) A candidate who after: the eighth Monday in First Term, in the case of a Type A subject: the sixth Monday in Second Term, in the case of a Type AB subject: the second Monday in Third Term, in the case of a Type B subject; withdraws from any subject shall be deemed to have failed in that subject, unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty.

8. Unsatisfactory Progress2 A candidate whose progress is unsatisfactory will be dealt with under the provisions of the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress.

9. Prerequisites and Corequisites (a) The Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of a Department of the

Faculty may prescribe prerequisites and/or corequisites for any subject offered by that Department.

(b) Except with the permission of the Dean acting on the recommendation of the Head of the Department offering the subject, no candidate may enrol in any subject unless he has already passed or concurrently enrols in or is already enrolled in the subjects prescribed as its corequisites.

(c) A candidate shall be deemed for the purposes of sub-section (b) of this section to have passed subjects in which he has been granted standing pursuant to Section 10.

10. StandingJ (a) The Faculty Board may grant standing in specified and unspecified subjects to a

candidate, on such conditions as it may determine, in recognition of work completed in this University or another institution.

(b) Standing granted to a candidate shall not exceed the following limits, namely:

(i) Bachelor of Engineering. Bachelor of Metallurgy or Bachelor of Surveying degree courses - 32 units:

(ii) Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) degree course - 25 units.

(c) Where a candidate is granted standing in unspecified subjects, the Faculty Board-

(i) shall determine the programme of subjects, not inconsistent with these Requirements, which the candidate must pass to meet the requirements for admission to the degree for which the candidate is enrolled; and

(ii) may specify the area of study for which the standing is granted for the purposes of the core programmes prescribed by the Senate under Parts II to VI inclusive of these Requirements.

II. Progression4 (a) Progression in the course shall be by subject.

(b) Except with the permission of the Dean a candidate may not enrol for a programme having a greater work load than a normal year's 'programme as determined by the Faculty Board.

12. Mutually Exclusive Subjects or Part Subjectss A candidate may not have counted towards the degree units derived from more than one of such subjects or part subjects as the Faculty Board may deem to be mutually exclusive.

2. For the Faculty Board's policy with respect to the application of the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress see page 71 of this Handbook

3. For standing granted to holders of Technical College Certificate see page 72 of this Handbook.

4. For determination of Year/Stage classification see page 72 of this Handbook.

5. For lists of subjects deemed mutually exclusive see page 71 of this Handbook

21

13. Alternative Subjects6 A candidate may, with the permission of the Head of Department, substitute for any subject another subject deemed by the Faculty Board to be an acceptable alternative.

14. Unit Value The unit value of a subject for the purposes of Parts II. Ill. IV, V and VI of these Requirements shall:

(a) in the case of engineering subjects. be calculated on the basis that approximately 42 hours per year of lectures, tutorials and laboratory work equals one unit;

(b) in the case of subjects from other faculties. be determined by the Faculty Board.7

PART II - BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING

I. The degree of Bachelor of Engineering may be awarded in the following areas of specialisation:

Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering Mechanical Engineering

2. (a) To qualifY for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in any area of specialisation a candidate shall:

(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board totalling not less than 60 units;s and

(ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.9

(b) The programme referred to in Section 2(a)(i) of this Part shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate. to

3. A person who has satisfied the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering may be admitted to candidature in any other area of specialisation on such conditions as the Faculty Board may prescribe and. upon satisfying the requirements for admission to the degree in that specialisation shall be eligible to receive a certificate to that effect.

PART III- BACHELOR OF METAUURGY

I. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy a candidate shall:

(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board totalling not less thiin 60 units;tt

and

(ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.12

6. For list of subjects deemed alternatives see page 72 of this Handbook.

7. The unit values of subjects ftom other faculties commonly taken by Engineering students are listed on page 139 of this Handbook.

8. The programmes approved by the Faculty Board under this section are shown beginning on page 27 of this Handbook.

9. For industrial experience requirements as prescribed by the Faculty Boatd see page 73 of this Handbook.

10. For core programmes approved by Senate see page 25 of this Handbook.

11. The programme approved by Faculty Board under this section is shown at page 51 of this Handbook.

12. For industrial experience requirements as prescribed by the Faculty Board see page 73 of this Handbook.

22

(b) The programme referred to in Section l(a)(i) of this Part shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.tJ

PART IV- BACHELOR OF SURVEYING

1. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Surveying a candidate shall:

(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board totalling not less than 60 units;t4

and (ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty

Board.2o

(b) The programme referred to in Section l(a)(i) of this Part shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.ts

PART V- BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING)

1. (a) The degree of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) may be awarded to candidates specialising in the area of Chemical Engineering.

(b) No candidate shall be permitted to enrol or re-enrol in the Bachelor of Science (Engineering) degree course unless that candidate was enrolled in the course prior to 1980.

2. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) a candidate shall, before March. 1986: (i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board totalling not less

than 48 units;t6


Board.2o

(b) The programme referred to in Section 2(a)(i) of this Part shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.t7

PART VI - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METAUURGY)

1. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) a candidate shall:

(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board totalling not less than 48 units;ts


Board.2o

(b) The programme referred to in Section l(a)(i) of this Part shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.t9

13. For core programme approved by Senate see page 26 of this Handbook.







20. For industrial experience requirements as prescribed by the Faculty Board see page 73 of this Handbook.

23

PART VII - COMBINED DEGREE COURSES21

(a) Admission to a combined course shall normally be at the end of the first year and shall be subject to the approval of the Deans of the two Faculties concerned.

(b) Admission to combined courses will be restricted to students with an average of Credit level.

(c) The Deans of both Faculties. after consultation with the Heads of Departments concerned, shall certify that the work in the combined degree is no less in quantity and quality than if the two degrees were taken separately.

(d) Bachelor of Engineering A candidate may satisfy the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in any area of specialisation together with the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Commerce or Bachelor of Economics, or Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science by completing a combined degree course approved by the appropriate Faculty Boards.

(e) Bachelor of Metallurgy A candidate may satisfy the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy together with the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Mathematics by completing a combined course approved by the Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering and the Faculty Board, Faculty of Mathematics.

PART VIII - RELAXING CLAUSE

In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular cases, the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any provision of these Requirements.

21. For approved combined degree courses see Section 5 of this Handbook

24

CORE PROGRAMMES

Bachelor of Engineering The following core programmes have been approved by the Senate under Section 2(b) of Part 11 of the Degree Requirements for the Undergraduate Courses in the Faculty of

Engineering: .(a) Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering 100 level chemical Engineering 100 level chemical Engineering 200 level chemical Engineering 300 level Chemical Engineering 400 level

(b) Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering I 00 level Civil Engineering 200 level Civil Engineering 300 level Civil Engineering 400 level

(c) Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering Mathematics Science First· Year Engineering Electrical Engineering 200 level Electrical Engineering 300/400/500 level Computer Electives

(d) Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering Mathematics Science First· Year Engineering Electrical Engineering 200 level Electrical Engineering 300/400/500 level

(e) Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering 100 level Mechanical Engineering 200 level Mechanical Engineering 300 level Mechanical Engineering 400 level

(f) Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering Mathematics Physics Chemisny Engineering I 00 level Mechanical Engineering 200 level Mechanical Engineering 300 level Mechanical Engineering 400 level

25

6 units 4 units 8 units

I unit I unit


6 units 4 units 2 units 4 units 7 units

10 units 8 units

6 units 6 units 4 units 4 units

16 units 4 units


20 units


10 units 8 units


10 units 8 units

2.

• 3.

4.

5.

Bachelor of Metallurgy The following core programme has been approved by the Senate under Section !(b) of Part III of the Degree Requirements for Undergraduate Courses in the Faculty of Engineering: Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering I 00 level Metallurgy 200 level Metallurgy 300 level Metallurgy 400level

Bachelor of Surveying


II units 10 units

The following core programme has been approved by the Senate under Section 1 (b) of Part IV of the Degree Requirements for Undergraduate Courses in the Faculty of Engineering: Mathematics

'Physics Surveying I 00 level Surveying 200 level Surveying 300level Surveying 400 level

Bachelor of Science (Engineering)

6 units 4 units 4 units 8 units 9 units 9 units

The following core programme has been approved by the Senate under Section 2(b) of Part V of the Degree Requirements for Undergraduate Courses in the Faculty of Engineering: Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering I 00 level Chemical Engineering 100 level Chemical Engineering 200 level Chemical Engineering 300 level Chemical Engineering 400 level

Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy)


I unit I unit

5 units 8 units

I unit

The following core programme has been approved by the Senate under Section I(b) of Part VI of the Degree Requirements for Undergraduate Courses in the Faculty of Engineering: Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering 100 level Metallurgy 200 level Metallurgy 300 level

26


II units

COURSE PROGRAMMES

(a) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Index (i) BE in Chemical Engineering - approved programme

(ii) BE in Chemical Engineering with Process Metallurgy Option -approved programme

(iii) Recommended part-time BE programmes

(iv) BSc(Eng) in Chemical Engineering - approved programme

(v) Transition Arrangements

(vi) Elective Requirements

(i) B.E. in Chemical Engineering - approved programme

YEAR I ChEI41 ChElSI ChEI52 GElS!

YEAR II ChE261 ChE271 ChE251 ChE291 ChE272 ChE241 GE204 GE205

EM2CO IEM2BD

YEAR III ChE371 ChE361 ChE39I ChE362 ChE354 ChE351 ChE342 ChE382 ChE381 ChE352 ChE353

Subject

Industrial Process Principles Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment Industrial Process Design I Introduction to Materials Science Mathematics I Chemistry I Physics lA

Separation Processes I Fuels and Combustion Structures and Pressure Vessel Design Laboratory Fluid Mechanics Process Analysis I Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Chemistry IIC Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra

Kinetics and Thermodynamics Separation Processes II Laboratory Solids Handling and Minerals Processing Electrochemistry and Corrosion Equipment Design Process Analysis II Process Dynamics Computations Process Engineering Process Economics Electives

Units

4 4

_ _j

16

Y2 I 2

4

Page 27

28

29

30

30

31

I. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics. Topic B Complex Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may. if they with. take these topics in full, in which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit subject Mathematics IIA comprising Topics CO. B and D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be counted as one unit of elective.

27

YEARN ChE462 ChE471 ChE472 ChE482 ChE483 ChE491 ChE496 ChE497

Environmental Control Industrial Safety Transport Phenomena Process Control Reaction Engineering Seminar Research Project Design Project Electives

Yz \12

1

4 4 2

IS

(ii) B.E. in Chemical Engineering (Process Metallurgy Option) - approved programme YEAR I ChE141 ChE151 ChE152 GEl 51

YEAR II ChE261 ChE271 ChE2Sl ChE291 ChE272 Met261 GE204 GE205

EM2CO EM2BD

YEAR III ChE371 ChE361 ChE391 ChE362 ChE354 ChE3Sl ChE382 ChE381 ChE3S2 ChE353 Met392 Met314

Industrial Process Principles Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment Industrial Process Design I Introduction to Materials Science Mathematics I Chemistry I Physics lA

Separation Processes I Fuels and Combustion Structures and Pressure Vessel Design Laboratory Fluid Mechanics Extraction Metallurgy Engineering Computations 1 Engineering Computations II Chemistry IIC Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra

Kinetics and Thermodynamics Separation Processes 11 Laboratory Solids Handling and Minerals Processing Electrochemistry and Corrosion Equipment Design Process Dynamics Computations Process Engineering Process Economics Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory Theory of Metallurgical Processes 11

28

I 4 4 4

16

\12 I 2

4

15\lz

I 2

I

Y2 Y2

I I

\12 Y2

2 3

15

YEARN ChE462 Environmental Control Y2 ChE471 Industrial Safety Y2 ChE482 Process Control I ChE483 Reaction Engineering I

2ChE491 Seminar I

3ChE494 Laboratory Project 2

ChE490 Design Project 2

Met414 Theory of Metallurgical Processes III 3 Electives 4

IS

(iii) Recommended part-time B.E. Programmes B.E. Chern. Eng.

B.E. Chern. Eng. (Process Metallurgy Option)

Stage I ChEI41 ChE141 ChEIS2 ChEIS2 GElS! GElS! Mathematics I 7 units Mathematics I 7 units

Stage 2 ChEISI ChEISI Physics lA Physics lA Chemistry I Chemistry I ChE002 10 units ChE002 10 units

Stage 3 ChE261 ChE261 ChE241 Met261 GE204 GE204 Chemistry 11C Chemistry 11C EM2CO EM2CO ChE003 10 units ChE003 10 units

Stage 4 ChE2Sl ChE2Sl ChE271 ChE271 ChE272 ChE272 ChE291 ChE291 ChE361 ChE361 EM2BD EM2BD GE20S GE20S ChE004 9\12 units ChE004 9\12units

StageS ChE342 ChE3Sl ChE3SI ChE3S2 ChE3S4

ChE382 ChE3S3 ChE391 ChE3S4 Met314 ChE362 Met392 ChE371 ChEOOS ChE381 10 units ChE382 ChE391 ChEOOS 10 units

2. ChE491 may be replaced by or taken in conjunction with Met402 Metallurgy Seminar.

3. ChE494 may be replaced by Met491 Laboratory Project.

29

YEAR VI (FuiJ.Time)l ChE462 ChE471 ChE472 ChE482 ChE483 ChE491 ChE496 Ch£497 Electives - 2 units

(iv) B.Sc.(Eng.) in Chemical Engineering

IS units

ChE361 Ch£371 Ch£381 Ch£352 Ch£353 ChE462 Ch£471 Ch£482 ChE483 Ch£491 Ch£494 Ch£490 Met414 IS units

The B.Sc.(Eng.) degree programme in Chemical Engineering is being phased out. Enquiries with respect to the approved course programme should be directed to the Faculty Secretary.

(v) Transition Arrangements All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering, Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Chemical Engineering, or the combined degree programmes who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1981 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree courses to be introduced in 1982 with credit for all subjects passed in the old course, subject to the transition conditions given hereunder.

I. Year by Year Progression Students will follow the year by year progression provided for in the approved programmes listed above.

2. Individual Subjects Students out of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all units passed in 1981 and previous years. The following additional information may be used to determine standing. (a) Students who have completed ME121 Workshop Practice and ME204 Engineering

Computations will not be required to complete GE204 Engineering Computations I and GE205 Engineering Computations II.

(b) Students who have completed ChE341 Process Analysis II will not be required to complete ChE342 Process Analysis II or ChE382 Process Dynamics. If such students have not completed Elective I, they will be required to complete an additional unit of Elective in year III.

(c) Students who have completed ChE492 will not be required to complete ChE496. Such students will, if they have not completed Elective II, be required to take an additional unit of Elective in year IV.

(d) Students who have completed ChE493 Design Project will not be required to complete ChE497 Design Project. Such students will, if they have not completed Elective II, be required to take an additional unit of Elective in year IV.

3. Exceptional Circumstances In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.

I. Students unable to complete Year VI on a full-time basis may do so over two part-time years.

30

(vi) Elective Requirements (a) The number of ele<:tive ~nits to be taken are:

6 units B.E. (Chemical Engmeenng) . B.E. (Chemical Engineering with Process Metallurgy Optlon) 4 units

(b) Elective units may consist of any subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering or other Faculties, subject to the approval of the H~ad of the Department of Chemical Engineering and of the Department responsible for the

subject. (c) Students may count up to four units from the Department of Chemical

Engineering's Jist of Industrial Experience subjects towards the Electives. Note: The Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject Introductory

Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken as an elective subject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.

(d) List of Industrial Experience Subjects The subjects comprising the Department of Chemical Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Chemical Engineering.

The following subjects have been approved for this purpose: ChE002 industrial Experience I unit ChE003 Industrial Experience I unit ChE004 Industrial Experience I unit ChEOOS Industrial Experience I unit

31

I

•

(b) DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING

Index (i) B.E. in Civil Engineering- approved programme

(ii) B.Surv.- approved programme

(iii) Recommended Part-time Programmes

(iv) Transition Arrangements

(a) B.E. (b) B.Surv.

(v) Elective Requirements -

(a) B.E. (b) B.Surv.

(vi) Resource Engineering

(i) B.E. in Civil Engineering - approved programme Subject

YEAR I CElli CEI71

4EEI31 GEII2 GElS I MElli MEI31

YEAR II

CE212 CE213 CE224

3CE223J CE231 CE232 MEI21

4EE211 sEM2CO GE204 GE205

YEAR III CE314 CE315 CE324 CE333 CE334 CE341 CE342

6GE350 CE351 CE372

Statics Engineering Surveying I Circuit Fundamentals Introduction to Engineering Design Introduction to Materials Science Graphics and Engineering Drawing Dynamics Mathematics I

!Physics lA

2Chemistry IS Mechanics of Solids I Mechanics of Solids II Civil Engineering Materials Engineering Geology Fluid Mechanics I Fluid Mechanics II Workshop Practice Energy Conversion Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II

Structural Analysis I Structural Design I Soil Mechanics Fluid Mechanics III Fluid Mechanics IV Water Resources Engineering I Water Resources Engineering II Seminar Civil Engineering Systems I Transportation Engineering Electives

32

Units

I 2

4 4

16

2

2 2 I

I 2

16

2 2 2

3

16

Page 32

33

34

35

35

35

36·

36

I

YEAR IV CE425 CE452 CE453

Earth and Rock Engineering Engineering Construction Project Structures Elective Electives

I 2 4 2 5

14

1. With the approval of the Head of the Department, Physics IB may be substituted for Physics lA.

2. Chemistry I may replace Chemistry IS and 2 units of Elective.

3. Geology I may replace CE223J Engineering Geology and 2 units of Elective.

4. Physics 11 or Electronics and Instrumentation II may replace EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals. EE211 Energy Conversion and 2 units of Elective.

s. Mathematics IIA or liB may replace EM2CO and 2 units oi Elective provided Topic CO is included.

6. GE301 Technology and Human Values I may replace GE350 Seminar and I unit of Elective.

(ii) B.Surv. - approved programme

YEAR I Mathematics I 4

Economics I 4

3Physics lA 4

SVIII Surveying I 4

SVI21 Survey Camp I

16

YEAR II CE201 Civil Engineering IS 2

EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential Equations 2

!EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra EM2H Probability and Statistics SV212 Surveying II 4

SV222 Survey Camp II SV232 Survey Computations I SV233 Survey Computations II I

SV291 Introduction to Legal Studies I

SV271 Basic Regional and Urban Economics 2

16

YEAR III CE302 Civil Engineering liS 2

2SV313 Surveying Ill 2

SV334 Survey Computations Ill I

SV341 Astronomy I 2

SV351 Geodesy I 2

SV361 Photogrammetry I 2

Geography liB 4

SV392 Property and Survey Law I

CE302 Civil Engineering liS 2

16

33

.,. ..

YEAR IV SV414 Surveying IV 2 SV452 Geodesy II SV462 Photogrammetry II SV472 Land Valuation SV473 Town Planning 2 SV474 Surveying Management I SV481 Project 2 CE372 Transportation Engineering

Electives 3

14

I. EM2BD is a si~gle unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics, Topic B Complex Analysis and Topic D Lmear Algebra. Students may, if they wish, take these topics in full, in which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit subject Mathematics IIA comprising Topics CO, B and D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be counted as one unit of elective.

2. A ten-day survey camp is included in this subject.

3. With the approval of Head of Department. Physics IB may be substituted for Physics lA.

(iii) Recommended Part-Time Programmes

B.E. Civil Engineering B. Surv. Stage I

CElli GEII2 Mathematics I MElli SVIII MEI3I SVI21 Mathematics I 8 units 8 units

Stage 2 CEI71 GElS! Physics lA Physics lA Economics I Chemistry IS 9 units 8 units

Stage 3 CE212 CE201 CE213 EEI31 CE224 EM2CO EEI31 EM2BD EE211 EM2H MEI21 SV232 EM2CO 9 units SV233 9 units

Stage 4 CE223J SV212 CE231 SV271 CE232 SV291 CE341 SV361 CE35I SV222 CE372 GE204 GE205 9 units 9 units

Stage 5 CE314 Geography liB CE315 SV313 CE324 SV334 CE333 SV392 CE334 CE302 CE342 9 units 10 units

34

Stage 6 Structures Elective Elective - 3 units SV341 CE425 SV351 CE452 SV414 GE350 SV462

9 units SV472 SV473 10 units

Stage 7 CE453 Electives - 5 units SV452

9 units CE372 SV481 SV474 Electives - 3 units

8 units


(a) B.E. in Civil Engineering

I. Students who have completed ME204 Engineering Computations will not be required to complete GE204 Engineering Computations I and GE205 Engineering Computations II. Such students will be required to complete an extra unit of Elective.

2.

3.

Students who have completed CE241 Water Resources Engineering I will not be required to complete CE341 Water Resources Engineering I.

Students who have completed CE221 Properties of Materials and CE222 Materials Technology will not be required to complete CE224 Civil Engineering Materials

5. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.

(b) B.Surv.

I. Students who have passed both SV313 Surveying III and SV323 Survey Camp III prior to 1980 will be granted standing in the new 2 unit subject SV313 Surveying III.

2.

3.

Students who, prior to 1980, passed SV313 Surveying III but who have not passed SV323 Survey Camp III will be required to enrol in and complete SV323 Survey Camp III.

Students who, prior to 1980, have passed SV323 Survey Camp III but who have not passed SV313 Surveying III will be required to enrol in and pass SV313 Surveying III but will be exempted from work connected with the ten-day survey camp not a part of that subject.

4. Students who have passed Mathematics liB will be granted standing in the

5.

following subjects: EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential Equations; EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra; EM2H Probability and Statistics.

Students who have passed SV231 Survey Computations I will be granted standing in SV232 Survey Computations I and SV233 Survey Computations II. Students who have passed SV332 Survey Computations II will be granted standing in SV334 Survey Computations III.

(v) Elective Requirements

(a) B.E. in Civil Engineering A - Electives Eight units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules:

35

(!) At least one unit shall be chosen subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Civil Engineering from subjects offered by the Department of Civil Engineering.

(2) The remaining seven units may consist of any subjects or part subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering or by other Faculties subject to the approval of the Heads of the Department of Civil Engineering and of the Department responsible for the subject or part subject.

(3) Students may count up to three units from the Department of Civil Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects as elective units provided that no such subjects are counted as subjects offered by the Department of Civil Engineering under Rule (I) above.

B - Structures Elective Structures Elective shall consist of 2 units selected from the following

CE416 Structural Analysis II I CE417 Structural Analysis III CE418 Structural Design II CE419 Structural Design III In exceptional circumstances one unit selected from other structural electives within the Department of Civil Engineering may replace any of the above.

C - List of Industrial Experience Subjects The subjects comprising the Department of Civil Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Civil Engineering.

The following subjects have been approved for this purpose:

CE092 Industrial Experience I unit CE093 Industrial Experience I unit CE094 Industrial Experience I unit

(b) B.Surv. The three units of Electives may be selected from any subjects or part subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering or by other Faculties. subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Civil Engineering and of any other departments responsible for the subject or part subject. Note: The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject Introductory Quantitative

Methods offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken as an elective subject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.

(vi) Resource Engineering The Faculty of Engineering in this University has entered into an arrangement with the Faculty of Resource Management in the Unviersity of New England to offer combined programmes leading to the Bachelor of Engineering degree in the speciality of Civil Engineering and either the Diploma in Natural Resources or the Bachelor of Natural Resources degree. These programmes allow candidates to work over a period of from five to five and a half years for concurrent qualifications in engineering and resource management and are designed to provide professional training in engineering as well as the science and practice of natural resource management. Programme A B.E. (conferred by University of Newcastle)

Dip.Nat.Res. (awarded by University of New England)

Year I Year II

Year III

student normally enrolled in Year I of B.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E. student normally enrolled in Year II of B.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E.

student normally enrolled in subjects selected from Years I and II of B. E. programme at Newcastle

36

Year IV

Year V

Programme B

student normally enrolled in subjects selected from Years III and IV of B.E. programme at Newcastle

student normally enrolled concurrently in Year IV subjects of the B.E. programme at Newcastle and the Dip.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E. B.E. (conferred by University of Newcastle) B.Nat.Res. (conferred by University of New England)

Year I - Year IV of this programme are similar to Year I- Year IV of Programme A above.

Year V Semester I- student normally enrolled in subjects selected from Year IV of the B.E. programme at Newcastle

Year VI

Semester II - student normally enrolled in subjects selected from 400 level subjects of B.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E.

Semester I - student normally enrolled in subjects selected from 400-600 level subjects of B.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E.

37

I •

(c) DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Index

(i) B.E. in Electrical Engineering - approved programme

(ii) B.E. in Computer Engineering - approved programme

(iii) Recommended Part-Time and Sandwich Programmes

(iv) Transition Arrangements (v) Elective Requirements

(i) B.E. in Electrical Engineering - approved programme

Subject

YEAR I EE131 CElli MElli GE112 ME131

YEAR II EE211 EE221 EE232 EE262 EE264 Ph221

YEAR III EE313 EE314 EE315 EE323 EE324L EE325 EE333 EE341 EE344 GE350 EE362

YEARN EE421 EE451

2EE480 2EE481 EE491

Circuit Fundamentals Statics Graphics and Engineering Drawing Introduction to Engineering Design Dynamics Physics lA Mathematics I

sChemistry IS

Energy Conversion Semi-conductor Devices Electrical Circuits Systematic Programming Introduction to Computer Architecture and Assembly Language Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics

3Mathematics IIA 1. •Electives

Power Systems Electrical Machines Power Electronics Linear Electronics Electronics Laboratory Introduction to Digital Technology Advanced Circuit Analysis Automatic Control Communications Seminar Switching Theory and Logic Design Electives

Electronics Design A Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas Project/Directed Reading Project/Directed Reading or 2 EE300/400/500 Seminar 7 from EE300/400/500

38

Units

I 4 4 2

IS

4 4

IS

4

IS

I 3 2 I 7

IS

Page

38

39

40

41

42

I I.

1. suggested electives are; 2 units of Physics to replace Ph221 by Physics II, plus 2 further units from Mathematics II Topics.

2. EE480 and EE481 will normally refer to a single project.

3. Part-time students may substitute Mathematics IIB (Topics B. CO. D) for Mathematics IIA (B. CO, D) and may take this in two parts.

4. Students who were enrolled in this course prior to 1980 are reqired to complete one elective unit selected from the subjects offered by the departments of the Faculty of Engineering in addition to the above programme. The completion of ME121 Workshop Practice prior to 1980 shall satisfy this requirement.

s. With the approval of the Head of Department, Chemistry I (4 units) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS and 2 units of Elective.

6. Students may count a fifth Industrial Experience subject in lieu of one unit of EE 300/400/SOO.

(ii) B.E. in Computer Engineering - approved programme

YEAR I EE131 CElli MElli GE112 ME!31

YEAR II EE211 EE221 EE232 EE262 EE263 EE264 Ph221

YEAR III EE323 EE324L EE325 EE333 EE341 EE344 EE34S EE362 GE3SO

YEARN EE421 EE422

6EE426 EE463 EE464

2EE480 2EE481 EE491

Subject

Circuit Fundamentals Statics Graphics and Engineering Drawing Introduction to Engineering Design Dynamics Physics lA Mathematics I

sChemistry IS

Energy Conversion Semi-conductor Devices Electrical Circuits Systematic Programming Introduction to Structuring of Information Introduction to Computer Architecture Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics Mathematics IIA

1. •Electives

Linear Electronics Electronics Laboratory Introduction to Digital Technology Advanced Circuit Analysis Automatic Control Communications Digital Signal Processing Switching Theory and Logic Design Seminar

•Electives

Electronic Design A Electronic Design B Advanced Digital Systems Computer Operating Systems Compiler Construction

Project/Direct Reading Project/Directed Reading or 2EE300/400/SOO Seminar 4 from List I

39

Units

4 4 2

IS

I 2 4 4

16

I s

14

3 2

4

IS

I' I

I. Suggested Non- Faculty electives are: 2 units of Physics to replace Ph221 by Physics 11. plus 2 further units from Mathematics 11 Topics.

2. EE480 and EE481 will normally refer to a single project.

3. Part-time students may substitute Mathematics liB (Topics B. CO, D) for Mathematics IIA(B,CO, D) and may take this in two parts.

4. Students who were enrolled in this course prior to 1980 are required to complete one elective unit selected from the subjects offered by the departments of the Faculty of Engineering in addition to the above programme. The completion of M£121 Workshop Practice prior to 1980 shall satisfy this requirement.

5. With the approval of the Head of Department, Chemistry I (4 units) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS and 2 units of Elective.

6. Students who have completed 5 units of List I prior to 1981 shall be entitled to count 1 such unit in lieu of E£426 Advanced Digital Systems in satisfaction of Degree Requirements.

LIST I- FOURTH-YEAR SUBJECTS FOR COMPUTER ENGINEERING

(a) Any EE300, 400 or 500 subject. (b) Any ME400, 500 or GE400, 500 level subject with approval of Head of Department of

Electrical and Computer Engineering. (c) Commerce - Commercial Programming (2 units). (d) Year III and IV topics offered by Mathematics Department with the approval of the Head

of Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.

(ii) Recommended Part-Time and Sandwich Programmes Elec. Eng. Elec. Eng. Computer Eng. Computer Eng.

normal part-time Sandwich normal part -time Sandwich Stage I Stage I Stage I Stage I Maths I Maths I As for EE As for EE EEI31 EE131 part-time sandwich MElli MElli GE112 GE112

CElli 7 units 8 units 7 units 8 units

Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 Physics lA Physics lA As for EE Physics lA MEI31 MEI31 part-time EE262 CElli Chern. IS EE263 Chemistry IS EE092 EE264 EE092 EE211 Chern. IS

EE092 9 units 9 units 9 units 10 units

Stage 3 Stage 3 - Stage 3 Stage 3 I st Semester

EE211 EE221 As for EE EE211 EE221 EE232 part-time EE221 EE232 EE262 EE232 Ph221 EE264 Maths IIA Maths IIA Ph221 MEI31 EE093 Maths IIA Ph221


40

Stage 4 Stage 4 - Stage 4 Stage 4-I st Semester 1st Semester

EE262 EE314 EE262 EE323

EE264 EE323 EE263 EE333

EE313 EE333 "EE264 EE341

EE314 EE341 EE323 EE362

4 units- EE362 EE324L 4 units-

Elective 4 units- EE094 Elective

EE094 Elective 4 units-Elective


Stage 5 Stage 5 - Stage 5 Stage 5-2nd Semester 2nd Semester

EE323 EE313 EE325 EE325

EE324L EE315 EE333 EE344

EE325 EE324L EE341 EE345

EE333 EE325 EE344 EE324L

EE341 EE344 EE345 EE463

EE344 3 EE300/400/500 EE362 EE464

EE362 EE362 GE350 2 from List I

GE350 EE095 8 units 8 units 8 units 8 units

Stage 6 Stage 6- Stage 6 Stage 6-I st Semester I st Semester

EE315 GE350 EE421 GE350

EE451 4 E£300/400/500 EE422 EE421

EE421 I unit- EE426 EE426

5 EE300 '400!500 Elective EE463 2 from List I

EE096 EE421 EE464 2 units-EE451 E£096 Elective

2 from List 9 units 8 units 8 units 7 units

Stage 7 Stage 7- Stage 7 Stage 7-2nd Semester 2nd Semester

EE480 F.E480 EE480 EE480

EE481 or EE481 or EE481 or EE481 or

2 EE300/4001500 2 EE300/400/ 500 2 EE300/400/800 2 E£300/400/500

EE491 EE491 EE491 EE491

2 EE300/400/800 EE097 2 from List I EE422 EE097


(I v) Transition Arrangements All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering, Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering, or the combined degree programmes who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of !981 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree courses to be introduced in 1982 with credit for all subjects passed in the old courses. subject to thetransition conditions given hereunder.

41

I. Year by Year Progression Year completed in 1981 Required to complete in subsequent yea~ Year I Years II. III and IV Year II Years III and IV less I unit

of EE300/400/SOO Year III Year IV plus EE315 less I unit

of EE300/400/SOO (b) Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering (Full-time)

Year completed in 1981 Required to complete in subsequent yea~ Year I Years II. III and IV Year II Years III and IV Year III Year IV

2. Individual Subjects Students out of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all units passed in 1981 and previous years. The following additional information may be used to determine standing. Subject already passed or credited Standing to be granted Elective (Non-Faculty) (4 units) Elective (4 units) I unit of Elective I unit of Elective OR, provided that the Elective (Faculty non-Electrical Engineering) requirements are complete. I unit of EE300/400/

500. EE264 Introduction to Logic and EE264 Introduction to Computer Architecture and Assembly Language Assembly Language

EE35 I Electromagnetic EE451 Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas Propagation and Antennas

3. Exceptional Circumstances In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.


(a) Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering Eight units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules subject to the approval of the Head of Department: (I) At least four units of Elective shall comprise a first year Arts subject or equivalent

in a non-technical area. (2) Students may count up to four units from the Department of Electrical and

Computer Engineering's List of Industrial Experience subjects as electives provided that no such subjects are counted as first year Arts subject units under rule I above.

(3) All elective units, other than Industrial Experience subjects, shall be selected from subjects offered by departments other than the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.

(b) Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering Nine units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules subject to the approval of the Head of Department: (I) At least four units of Elective shall comprise a first year Arts subject or equivalent

in a non-technical area. (2) Students may count up to five units from the Department of Electrical and

Computer Engineering's List of industrial Experience subjects as elective units provided that no such subjects are counted as first year Arts subject units under rule I above.

(3) All elective units, other than Industrial Experience subjects, shall be chosen from subjects offered by departments other than the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.

42

I.

2.

Note: students may take the subjects GE301 Technology and Human Values I and GE302 Technology and Human Values II in lieu of the four units of elective selected from first year Arts subjects. The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject Introductory Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken as an elective subject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.

(b) list of Industrial Experience Subjects

The subjects comprising the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.

The following subjects have been approved for this purpose: EE092 Industrial Experience I unit EE093 Industrial Experience I unit EE094 Industrial Experience I unit EE095 Industrial Experience I unit EE096 Industrial Experience I unit EE097 Industrial Experience 2 units The subject EE097 may be taken only by students enrolled under the sandwich pattern.

43

I I

•

(d) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Index

(i)B.E. in Mechanical Engineering - approved programme (ii)B.E. in Industrial Engineering - approved programme

(iii)Recommended Part-Time_and Sandwich Programmes (iv)Transition Arrangements (v)Elective Requirements

(i) B.E. in Mechanical Engineering - approved programme

YEAR I CElli MElli GEII2 MEI31 GElS I ME223

YEAR II EEI31 GE204 GE205

2MEI21 ME201 ME202 ME203 ME212 ME214 ME232 ME241 ME251 ME271 EM2CO

JEM2BD

YEAR III EE211 ME302 ME312 ME313 ME333 ME342 ME343 ME352 ME361 ME372 ME373 EM2H

4GE301 GE302

Subject

Statics Graphics and Engineering Drawing Introduction to Engineering Design Dynamics Introduction to Materials Science Engineering Technology Mathematics I Physics lA

!Chemistry IS

Circuit Fundamentals Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Workshop Practice Experimental Methods 1 Dynamics of Engineering Systems Experimental Methods II Engineering Design I Mechanics of Solids 1 Dynamics of Machines 1 Properties of Materials I Fluid Mechanics I Thermodynamics I Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra

Energy Conversion Experimental Methods Ill Engineering Design II Engineering Design Ill Dynamics of Machines II Properties of Materials II Mechanics of Solids II Fluid Mechanics II Automatic Control Heat Transfer Thermodynamics II Probability and Statistics Technology and Human Values I Technology and Human Values II

44

Units

4 4 2

16

I 2 I

16

I 2 2

16

Page 44 45 46 48 48

YEAR IV CE315 ME481 ME482 ME496

Structural Design I Engineering Administration Engineering Economics I Project/Seminar Electives

2 I I 4 6

14 1. With approval of the Head of Department, Chemistry I (4 units) may be taken in lieu of

Chemistry IS and 2 units of elective. 2. Standing may be granted in all or part of MEI21 Workshop Practice on production of a

certificate that equivalent training has been obtained . 3. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics, Topic B

Complex Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may, if they wish, take these topics in full, in which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit subject Mathematics IIA comprising Topics CO, B and D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be counted as one unit of elective.

4. In exceptional circumstances the Head of Department may authorise the substitution of a suitable 4-unit subject selected from subjects offered by departments outside the Faculty of Engineering in lieu of GE301 and GE302.

(ii) B.E. in Industrial Engineering - approved programme Subject

YEAR I CElli MElli GEI12 MEI31 GElS I ME223

YEAR II EEI31

2MEI21 GE204 ME201 ME202 ME203 ME212 ME214 ME232 ME241 ME251 ME271 EM2CO

JEM2BD EM2H

Statics Graphics and Engineering Drawing Jntoduction to Engineering Design Dynamics Introduction to Materials Science Engineering Technology Mathematics I Physics lA.

1 Chemistry IS

Circuit Fundamentals Workshop Practice Engineering Computations I Experimental Methods I Dynamics of Engineering Systems Experimental Methods II Engineering Design I Mechanics of Solids I Dynamics of Machines I Properties of Materials I Fluid Mechanics I Thermodynamics I Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra Probability and Statistics

45

Units

4 4 2

16

2

16

YEAR III Stage 3 Stage 3- Stage 3 Stage 3-I st Semester I st Semester EE211 Energy Conversion

GE205 Engineering Computations II ME202 MEI21 ME202 MEI21 ME312 Engineering Design ME214 EEI31 ME214 EE131 ME313 Engineering Design Ill ME232 ME201 ME232 ME201 ME333 Dynamics of Machines II ME241 '.1E202 ME241 ME202

ME214 ME271 ME214 ME343 Mechanics of Solids II ME271

I Automatic Control EM2CO ME271 EM2CO ME271 ME361 Methods Engineering EM2BD EM2CO EM2BD EM2CO ME381

I ME092 EM2BD ME092 EM2BD ME383 Quality Engineering GE204 GE204 ME482 Engineering Economics I

9 units 10 units 9 units 10 units I ME487 Operations Research - Deterministic Models Stage 4- Stage 4 Stage 4-ME488 Operations Research - Probabilistic Models Stage 4

2nd Semester 2nd Semester

16 EE131 EE211 EEI31 EE211 YEAR IV MEI21 ME203 MEI21 ME203

ME201 GE205 ME201 GE205 ME483 Production Engineering ME203 ME212 ME203 ME212 ME484 Engineering Economics II I GE204 ME232 GE204 ME232 ME496 Project/Seminar 4 GE205 ME241 ME212 ME241 Electives 8 ME212 ME241 ME251 ME251

14 I ME251 ME251 EM2H RM2H I. With approval of the Head of Department, Chemistry I (4 units) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS EM2H EM2H ME093 ME097

and 2 units of elective.

t ME093 ME097

2. Standing may be granted in all or part of ME 121 Workshop Practice on production of a certificate that 10 units 10 units 9 units 10 units equivalent training has been obtained.

Stage 5 Stage 5 - Stage 5 Stage 5-3. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics. Topic B Complex ~ I st Semester I st Semester Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may, if they wish, take these topics in full. in which t EE211 ME312 EE211 ME312 case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit subject Mathematics IIA

M ME302 ME333 GE205 ME333 comprising Topics CO. Band D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be counted as one unit of elective.

§ ME342 ME342 ME343 ME361 4. In exceptional circumstances the Head of Department may authorise the substitution of a suitable 4- ME343 ME352 ME361 ME381 unit subject selected from subjects offered by departments outside the Faculty of Engineering in lieu ME352 ME361 ME381 ME383 of GE301 and GE302.

ME361 ME373 ME383 ME482 ME372 2 units- ME482 ME487 ME3?3 Electives ME094 GE301

(iii) Recommended Part-Time and Sandwich Programmes ME094 9 units 8 units 8 units 9 units

Mech. Eng. Mech. Eng. Industrial Eng. Industrial Eng. Stage 6 Stage 6- Stage 6 Stage 6-2nd Semester 2nd Semester normal part-time Sandwich normal part-time Sandwich

ME312 ME302 ME312 ME313 Stage I Stage I Stage I Stage I ME313 ME313 ME313 ME343 CElli Same as normal Same as Mech. Eng. Same as Mech. Eng. ME333 ME343 ME333 ME483 MElli part-time normal part-time normal part-time ME481 ME372 ME487 ME484 GEII2 MElli ME095 ME481 ME488 ME488

4 units- 4 units- ME095 GE301 Maths I Electives Electives GE301 2 units-8 units 8 units 8 units 8 units GE302 Electives

Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 9 units 9 units 10 units 9 units ME223 Same as normal Same as Mech. Eng. Same as Mech. Eng. Stage 7 Stage 7 Stage 7 Stage 7 GEl 51 part-time normal part- time normal part-time CE315 CE315 ME483 ME496 Chern. IS ME482 ME482 ME484 4 units-Physics lA ME496 ME496 ME496 Electives

8 units 8 units 8 units 8 units 2 units- 2 units- 4 units-Electives Electives Electives


46 47

(iv) 1Tansition A"angements All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering, Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering or combined degree programmes who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1981 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter in the new degree courses to be introduced in 1982 with credit for all subjects passed in the old courses, subject to the transition conditions given hereunder.

I . Year by Year Progression (a) Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical

Engineering

(b)

2.

3.

Year completed in 1981 Required to complete in subsequent years Year I Years II, Ill and IV Year II Year Ill less EM2H plus I unit of elective Year Ill Year IV less 2 units of elective plus GE301

Bachelor of Engineering in Engineering

Industrial

Year completed in 1981 Year I Year II Year Ill

Individual Subjects

Required to complete in subsequent years Years II. Ill and IV Year Ill less GE205 plus I unit of elective Year IV

Students out of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all units passed in 1981 and previous years. The following additional information may be used to determine standing. Subject already passed or credited ME204 Engineering Computations and I unit of elective

2 units of Elective provided that all Electives, other than Technical Electives. have been taken.

GE350 Seminar and I unit of Elective ME384 Design for Production I unit of Elective

Exceptional Circumstances

Standing to be granted

( GE204 Engineering Computations and GE205 Engineering Computations II GE301 Technology and Human Values I

GE302 Technology and Human Values II I unit of Elective ME483 Production Engineering

In order to provide for exceptional circumstances received in particular cases, the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.


(a) Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering Six units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules:

(I) At lease four units shall be selected from the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Technical Electives.

(2) Students may select up to three units from the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects, one unit of which may be taken in lieu of one unit of Technical Elective under rule (I) above.

(b) Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering Eight units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules:

Note:

(I) At least four units shall be selected from the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Technical Electives.

(2) Students may select up to four units from the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects provided that no such subjects are counted in lieu of Technical Elective units required by Rule (I) above.

Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering has determined that the subject Introductory Quantitative Methods offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce cannot be approved as an Elective for students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.

48

(c) List of Technical Electives . . . . . . The subjects comprising the Department of iviechamcal Engmeenng s List of Techmcal Electives shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

The following subjects have been approved for this purpose. Not all these subjects need to be

offered in any one year.

ME381 ME383 ME401 ME404 ME405 ME407 ME409 ME410 ME419 ME434 ME444 ME445 ME448 ME449 ME453

Subject Methods Engineering Quality Engineering Systems Analysis Mathematical Programming I Advanced Engineering Computations Environmental Engineering Introduction to Noise Pollution Control Advanced Design Concepts I Bulk Materials Handling Systems Analysis and Design Advanced Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines Properties of Materials Mechanics of Solids An Introduction to Photomechanics Reliability Analysis for Mechanical Systems Fluid Mechanics

ME473 Thermodynamics ME474 Heat Transfer ME476 Developments in the Use of Solar Energy ME483 Production Engineering ME484 Engineering Economics II ME487 Operations Research - Deterministic Models ME488 Operations Research - Probabilistic Models MESOS Systems Analysis, Organisation and Control GE471 Energy GE472 Energy

Units I

Students are encouraged to choose technical electives related to their ability, area of interest and in particular. their final year project. Thus students are advised to choose technical electives from one of the following strands only.

Applied Mechanics

ME405 ME419 ME434 ME444 ME445 ME448 ME453 ME473 ME474 ME492

Design

ME405 ME410 ME419 ME444 ME445 ME449 ME492

Operations Research

and Systems ME401 ME404 ME405 ME449 ME487 ME488 ME492 ME484 ME 50S

Environment

ME405 ME407 ME409

•. ME453 ME474 ME476 GE471 GE472 ME492

Industrial Engineering

ME381 ME383 ME405 ME419 ME483 ME487 ME488 ME492 ME484

In any year some subjects (generally) 2) in each strand will be required subjects and students will be advised of these towards the end of the preceding year.

(d) List of Industrial Experience Subjects The subjects comprising the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

49

•

The following subjects have been approved for this purpose: ME092 Industrial Experience I unit ME093 Industrial Experience 1 unit ME094 Industrial Experience 1 unit ME095 Industrial Experience 1 unit ME097 Industrial E:xperience 2 units ME098 Industrial Experience 2 units

The subjects ME097 and ME098 may be taken only by students enrolled under the sandwich pattern. Note:

The Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject Introductory Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken as an elective subject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.

50

(e) DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY

Index (i) B.Met. - approved programme

(ii) Recommended part-time B.Met. programme (iii) B.Sc.(Met) - approved programme (iv) Transition Arrangements (v) Elective Requirements

(i) B.Met - approved programme

YEAR I

ChEI41 ChEISI ChEI52 GElS!

YEAR II EM2CO

3EM2BD GE204 GE205 Met261 Met214 Met241 Met251 Met271 Met281

Year IIJ Met301 ChE353 Met314 Met355 Met375

Met391

Met392

Year IV Met401 Met402

1,4Met491

Subject

Mathematics I Physics lA Chemistry I Industrial Process Principles Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment Industrial Process Design I Introduction to Materials Science

Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Extraction Metallurgy Theory of Metallurgical Processes I Micro plasticity Metallography Fabrication Metallurgy Atomic and Electronic Structure Electives

Communication Skills Process Economics Theory of Metallurgical Processes II Physical Metallurgy Industrial Metallurgy Met 300 Subjects Physical Metallurgy Laboratory

OR Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory Electives

Directed Reading Metallurgy Seminar Lab.oratory- Project

2,4Met400 Subjects

Units

4 4 4

16

3

16

\12 \12 3

4

16

8

13

Page 51 52 53 53 54

I. Part-time students may, with the permission of the Head of Department, take 2 units of Met400 subjects or other subjects in lieu of Met491 Laboratory Project.

2. 3.

4.

To be chosen after consultation with the Head of Department. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics, Topic B Complex Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may, if they wish, take these topics in full, in which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the unit4 subject Mathematics IIA comprising Topics CO, Band D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be counted as one unit of elective. Part-time students may take up to 5 units of Met09- Industrial Experience subjects in lieu ofMet491 Laboratory Project and 3 Met400 units.

51

I I

List of MetJOO Subjects Met311 Statistical Design and Optimisation of Metallurgical Processes Met312 Modelling & Control of Metallurgical Processes Met322 Electrochemistry, Corrosion & Hydrometallurgy Met353 Solidificiation Processes Met354 Qmintitative Metallography Met356 Metallographic Techniques Met364 Refractories Met374 Welding & Non- Destructive Testing Not all the above Subjects will be offered in any given year.

List of Met400 Subjects Met411 Metallurgy Computations ME414 Theory of Metallurgical Processes Ill Met451 Structure of Real Crystals Met452 Physical Metallurgy Met453 Metallography Met481 Disclocation Theory Met482 Metal Physics

Units I

Units I 3

Met490 Design Project 2 After discussion with the Head of Department, certain of these subjects may be offered at a higher level and at an increased unit value. Not all the above Subjects will be offered in any given year.

Only a student transferring from the degree of B.Sc(Met). may claim his industrial experience as appropriate Met092-096 Industrial Experience units.

(ii) Recommended Part-Trme B.Met Programme Staqe I Stage 5

Mathematics I Met301 ChE141 ChE353 ChEISI Met314 GElS I B units Met355 ChE152 Met375

Met095 9 units

Stage 2 Chemistry I Physics lA Met092 9 units

Stage 3 Stage 6 EM2CO 2 units Met300 EM2BD Met391 or 392 Met241 Met096 9 units Met251 4 units of Elective Met261

9tits

Met271 Met281 Met093

Stage 4 Stage 7 GE204 Met401 GE205 Met402 Met214 5 units Met400 3 units of Elective 8 units Met094 9 units

52

The following table illustrates the possible combinations of part-time and full-time study which enable the B. Met. degree to be completed in from four to seven years of study. The numerals in italics refer to the number of units to be taken in a year of full-time study whilst the numerals in ordinary type refer to the units taken in a year of part-time study. An asterisked numeral indicates that this figure includes one Met09 - Industrial Experience unit.

4 years 5 years First year 16 8 Second year 16 9" Third year 16 16 Fourth year JJ 16 Fifth year 12 Sixth year Seventh year

(iii) B.Sc.(Met) - Approved Programme Subject

Stage I

ChEI41 ChEI51 ChEI52 GElS I

Stage 2

Stage 3 EM2CO EM2BD Met241 Met251 Met261 Met271 Met281

Stqe4 GE204 GE205 Met214

Stqe 5 Met301 ChE353 Met314 Met355 Met375

Stqe6

Met391

Met392

Mathematics I Industrial Process Principles Industrial Chemical Processes & Equipment Industrial Process Design I Introduction to Materials Science

C)lemistry I Physics lA

Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra Micro plasticity Metallography Extraction Metalhorgy Fabrication Metallurgy Atomic and Electronic Structure

Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Theory of Metallurgical Processes I Electives

Communication Skills Process Economics Theory of Metallurgical Processes II Physical Metallurgy Industrial Metallurgy

MetlOO Subjects Physical Metallurgy Laboratory

OR Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory Electives

53

6 years 8 9"

10" 10" 16 a·

7 years 8 9" 9" 9" 9' 9" 8

Units

4

8

4 4

8

2

8

3 3

8

Yz Yz 3 2 2

8

2

2

4

8

I I I

•


All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) degree, or the Bachelor of Metallurgy degree, or any combined degree programme, who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1981 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereaft.er for the new degree cou~se to be introduced in 1982, with credit for all subjects passed m the old course, and subject to transition conditions given hereunder:

I.

2.

(v)

Note:

Individual Subjects

Studen~s out of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all units passed m 1980 and prevwus years. The following additional information may be used to determine standing:

(a) Student~ who have passed MEI21 Workshop Practice priorto 1981 may count that umt m heu of ChEISI Industrial Chemical Processes & Equipment.

(b) Subjects already passed

ME 11 1 Graphics & Engineering Drawing Met351 Metallography } Met352 Physical Metallurgy Met371 Materials Selection } Met372 Industrial Metallurgy EM2F Numerical Analysis &

Computing

Standing to be granted ChE152 Industrial Process Design 1

Met355 Physical Metallurgy

Met375 Industrial Metallurgy

ME204 Engineering Computations

ME204 Engineering Computations } { GE204 Engineering Computations 1 plus 1 unit of Elective GE205 Engineering Computations 11

Exceptional Circumstances

In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular cases, the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed. This applies mainly to students who have partially completed Year III in 1979.

Elective Requirements

The seven units of Elective must be chosen from subjects approved by the Head of the Department of Metallurgy. The following list contains subjects recommended by the Head of Department but is not exhaustive:

Physics II (4 units) Second year Mathematics topics (I unit each) Electronics & Instrumentation II (4 units) CE Ill Statics GEII2 Introduction to Engineering Design MEI31 Dynamics ME 12 I Workshop Practice Year. I subjects offered by Departments within the Faculty of Arts, Faculty of

Science or Faculty of Economics & Commerce Year Ill or Year IV subjects offered by Departments within the Faculty of

Engineering.

The Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject Introductory Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken as an elective subject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.

54

II - REQUIREMENTS FQR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS AND DEGREES

(a) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

1. In these requirements, unless the contrary intention appears, the "Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty of Engineering.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma shall complete the prescribed application form and lodge it with the Secretary at least one calendar month before the commencement of first term. In exceptional circumstances applications will be accepted after that date.

An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma shall:-

(a) have satisfied all of the Requirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle; or

(b) have satisifed all of the Requirements for admission to a degree in another university recognised for this purpose; or

(c) hold other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of registration in the course.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 3 above, the Faculty Board may require an applicant to complete such other prerequisite studies as it may prescribe or a candidate to complete such other concurrent studies as it may prescribe.

(a) To complete a subject qualifying towards the Diploma, a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars, laboratory classes, field work and submit such written work and pass such examinations as the Department may require.

(b) Under no circumstances will a subject qualify for the Diploma for more than ten years from the year in which it is passed.

An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma may be granted standing on conditions to be determined by the Faculty Board.

The Faculty Board shall approve a programme of studies for each candidate. This programme may be varied only with the approval of the Dean.

Withdrawal

(a) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by informing the Secretary to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.

(b) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the sixth Monday in second term shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty.

To qualify for a Diploma a candidate shall, in not less than two years of part-time study, or in special cases approved by the Faculty Board, one year full-time study, complete satisfactorily a course of studies comprising twelve units composed as follows:

Formal Course Worh

(a) Subjects to be selected from schedule of approved

(b)

subjects in accordance with the requirements of subsections (b) and (c) of this Clause. ME684D Project

10 units 2 units

12 units

The approved subjects have been arranged in three Groups. Group I contains subjects required for basic understanding of the principles of Industrial Engineering while Groups II and III contain a wider selection of subjects for those already trained in the subject areas of Group I.

55

I'

I I I I I

The selection of subjects shall normally be made from those in Group I of the Schedule, unless in order to satisfy the conditions of subsection (c) of this Clause or where a broader training is deemed to be desirable, the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Department. has prescribed a course of study including subjects from Groups II and III. In any event not more than three units may be selected from Group III.

(c) Notwithstanding the requirements of parts (a) and (b) and except where standing is approved by the Board, no subject shall be included such that in the opinion of the Board, the subject concerned substantially overlaps in content that of a similar subject completed or work presented and for which credit has been given in the award of another degree of diploma.

10. All subjects listed in the Schedule may not necessarily be offered in any one year.

II. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular cases, the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any requirements provided that such relaxation shall be consistent with the By-Laws.

Group I ME381 ME401 ME481

2ME482 ME483

2ME484 ME487 ME488 ME582D ME68ID

Group II ME404 ME407 ME419 ME444 ME449 MES03 MESOS ME535 MESI7 ME584

Group Ill

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS

Subject

Methods Engineering Systems Analysis Engineering Administration Engineering Economics I Production Engineering Engineering Economics II Operations Research - Deterministic Models Operations Research - Probabilistic Models Industrial Computations Industrial Law

Mathematical Programming I Environmental Engineering Bulk Materials Handling Systems Analysis and Design Properties of Materaisl Reliability Analysis for Mechanical Systems Design of Experiments for Engineering Research Suystems Analysis, Organisation and Control Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry Materials Handling and Transportation Systems Simulation

Units

2

Subjects approved by the Faculty Board for an individual course but not included in Group 1 or Group 1!.

The number of units to be assigned to these subjects will be determined by the Faculty Board.

I. Prerequisites for the above subjects will be those indicated in the Faculty of Engineering Handbook 2. Accounting and Financial Studies may be taken as a 2 unit subject in lieu of both ME482 Engineering

Economics l and ME484 Engineering Economics II.

CONDITIONS FOR GRANTING OF STANDING

I. Standing in a subject in the Diploma in Industrial Engineering shall require the approval of the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering.

2. A candidate will not be eligible for standing in any subject: for which credit has been given for the award of another degree or diploma except as otherwise provided for in succeeding clauses.

3.

4.

s.

A candidate from the Master of Engineering Science course of the University of Newcastle who desires to transfer to the Diploma course in Industrial Engineering may be granted standing in those subjects of the Diploma deemed to be equivalent to any of the subjects already completed in the Master's programme.

A candidate from another university or approved tertiary institution may be granted standing by the Faculty Board in up to six units in recognition of postgraduate course work degree or diploma subjects completed in such university or institution provided that the subjects are equivalent to any of those listed in Groups I and II of the Schedule.

Where a candidate has completed the first part-time year of the Diploma course he may be granted standing by the Faculty Board in respect of another subject subsequently passed at another university or approved tertiary institution under the followin~ conditions: (a) the subject for which standing is granted shall have a reasonable correspondence

with a subject of the Diploma in Industrial Engineering; and

(b) standing shall not be granted in more than three subject units.

(b) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING

1. In these Requirements, unless the context or subject matter othe.Wise indicates or requires: "the Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering; "the Diploma" means the Diploma in Surveying; and "the Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering.

2. An application for admission to candidature for the Diploma shall be made on the prescribed form and lodged with the Secretary to the University by the prescribed date.

3. An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma shall:-(a) have satisfied all of the Requirements for admission to a degree in the University of

Newcastle; or

(b) have satisfied all the Requirements for admission to a degree in another university recognised for this purpoeyf:!; or

(c) have Registration as a 4~nd Supervisor, or hold the issue of a Certificate of Competency, by any of the Boards of Surveyors of Australia and New Zealand; or

(d) hold other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of registration in the course.

4. Admission to candidature shall require the approval of the Faculty Board, such approval being subject to such conditions as the Faculty Board may determine.

S. (I) To qualify for the Diploma a candidate shall enrol and shall complete to the satisfaction of the Board a programme consisting of subjects totalling twelve units selected from those specified in the Schedule to these Requirements as approved by the Senate, in accordance with the rules for the selection of subjects as determineq_ by the Faculty Board.

(2) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board the programme shall be completed in not less than one year in the case of a full-time student or not less than two years in the case of a part-time student.

6. (I) To complete a subject counting towards the Diploma, a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars, classes, participate in such other activities and submit such written work as the Faculty Board shall require.

(2) To pass a subject a candidate shall complete it and shall pass any examinations which the Faculty Board may require.

(3) The results of a successful candidate in a subject shall be classified: Pass, Credit, Distinction or High Distinction.

56 57

7. A candidate shall have his programme approved by the Faculty Board.

8. A candidate may be granted standing in any of the subjects specified in the Schedule to these Requirements on such conditions as the Faculty Board may determine.

9. A candidate will not be permitted to enrol in any subject which is substantially equivalent to one which he has previously counted towards a degree or diploma.

10. (1) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or the course only by notifying the Secretary to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.

(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be:

(a) in the case of any subject offered in the first half of the academic year- the eighth Monday in first term;

(b) in the case of any subject offered in the second half of the academic yearthe second Monday in third term;

(c) in the case of any other subject - the sixth Monday in second term.

11. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular cases, the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any of the provisions of these Requirements.

tSV313 SV334 SV341 SV351 SV361 CE372 SV472 SV473 SV474 SV452 SV462 CE474

SV271 SV4!5 SV442 SV453 SV463 SV464 SVS82

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS FOR DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING

Subject Surveying 111 Survey Computations III Astronomy I Geodesy I Photogrammetry I Transportation Engineering Land Valuation Town Planning Surveying Management Geodesy II Photogrammetry II Transportation Planning Geography liB Economics I Basic Regional and Urban Economics Surveying V Astronomy II Geodesy 111 Photogrammetry 111 Advanced Mapping Project

I. A ten day live-in Survey Camp is included in this subject.

CONDITIONS FOR THE GRANTING OF STANDING

Unit 2

2

2

I 2

4 4 2

The Dean of the Faculty of Engineering may grant standing in any subject in the Diploma in Surveying as a result of work carried out in the University of Newcastle or at another university or approved tertiary institution on the recommendation of the Head of Department whose Department offeres the subject, under the following conditions:

(a) the subject for which standing is granted shall have a reasonable correspondence with a subject of the Diploma in Surveying;

58

(b)

(c)

standing shall not be granted in more than four units;

standing shall not be granted in any subject for which credit has already been given for the award of another degree or diploma.

(c) MASTERS DEGREES

REGULATIONS GOVERNING MASTERS DEGREES

PART I - GENERAL 1. ( 1) These Regulations. including the Schedules thereto. prescribe the conditions and

2.

3.

requirements relating to the degrees of Master of Architecture. Master of Arts, Master of Commerce, Master of Education, Master of Educational Studies, Master of Engineering, Master of Engineering Science, Master of Mathematics. Master of Psychology (Clinical), Master of Psychology (Educational) and Master of Science.

(2) In these Regulations and the Schedule thereto, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires:

"Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty responsible for the course in which a person is enrolled or is proposing to enrol:

"programme" means the programme of research and study prescribed in the Schedule;

"Schedule" means the Schedule of these Regulations pertaining to the course in which a person is enrolled or is proposing to enrol; and

"thesis" means any thesis or dissertation submitted by a candidate.

(3) These Regulations shall not apply to degrees conferred honorts causa.

(4) A degree of Master shall be conferred in one grade only.

An application for admission to candidature for a degree of Master shall be made on the prescribed form and lodged with the Secretary to the University by the prescribed date.

( 1) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) (i) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree of Bachelor in the University of Newcastle as specified in the Schedule; or

(ii) have satisifed the requirements for admission to a degree or equivalent qualification, approved for the purpose by the Faculty Board. in another tertiary institution; or

(iii) have such other qualifications and experience as may be approved by the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or otherwise as may be specified in the Schedule; and

(b) have satisifed such other requirements as may be specified in the Schedule.

(2) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule, applications for admission to candidature shall be considered by the Faculty Board which may approve or reject any application.

(3) An applicant shall not be admitted to candidature unless adequate supervision and facilities are available. Whether these are available shall be determined by the Faculty Board unless the Schedule otherwise provides.

4. To qualify for admission to a degree of Master a candidate shall enrol and satisify the requirements of these Regulations including the Schedule.

5. The programme shall be carried out:-

(a) under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors either appointed by the Faculty Board or as otherwise prescribed in the Schedule; or

(b) as the Faculty Board may otherwise determine.

59

I

I'

I I I I I

6.

7.

8.

9.

Upon request by a candidate the Faculty Board may grant leave of absence from th course. Such leave shall not be taken into accoun · . e programme prescribed in the Schedule. t m calculatmg the period for the

(I) ::;1:~~:~~Fn~~~~~:~~~ ~~~~j:~~o;r~~u;;s:h~~:~::ei~~~;~i~~~~ee~:~:a~ (2) A candidate who withdraws from a b.

:~~~~wt:~~:~api~~~:tyn thTaht sub1 jec~yu~d~;:~~a~:=~ ~~~;=i~~~:~: ~e~~ ~~ · e re evant ate shall be: (a) in the case of a subject offered in the first half of the academic y th

eighth Monday in first term: ear - e

(b) in the case of a subjec~ offered in the second half of the academic year- th second Monday m thud term: e

(c) in the case of any other subject - the sixth Monday in second term

(I J f~~~1:t~:~~:~~o~:~~~~=~E~E~~:~~::~r~~~i~~:e ::n~~~:~~!n;r s;~~:~~~~ (2) For the purpose of assessing a candidate's progress. the Faculty Board may re uire

any candidate to submit a report or reports on his progress. q

(3) A candidate against whom a decision of the Faculty Board has been mad d Regulat~on 8( I) of these Regulations may request that the Faculty Board ca:~n :;r case to e reviewed. Such request shall be made to the Dean of the Facul ~th- s

~~v;~.:~~~i~~~: ::::udc~ef~:J:~rstpi:~;~ :~e~anDdidate the advice of thetyF:~ul~ . e ean may accept.

(4) A candidate may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor against an decision followmg the review under Regulation 8(3) of these Regulation~. made

In exceptiOnal circumstances arising in a · recommendation of the Faculty Board I particular case, the Senate, on the

· may re ax any provisiOn of these Regulations. PART II- EXAMINATION AND RESULTS

10. !~e Examination Re~ulations approved from time to time by the Council shall apply to exammatwns With respect to a degree of Ma t . h th

examination of a thesis which shall be conducted in as er Wit e exception _of the Regulations 12 to 16 inclusive of these Regulations. ccordance With the provisiOns of

II. :~:rar~~:~:~~=~~~~~~=!~~;:~ :~s~:s ;~~~~~~~t:~~es~e~~~:~~:~aminers and any

(a) to recommend to the Council that the candidate be admitted to the degree· or

(b) :::0:~~:~ ~ere a ~sis ha1s been submitted, to permit the candidate to resub~it an

ese WI n twe ve months of the date on which the candidate is advised

Fof th

1e result of the fust exammation or within such longer period of time as the

acu ty Board may prescribe; or

(c) to re~uire the candidate to undertake such further oral, written or practical exammatwns as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or

(d) notdtodrecommend that the candidate be admitted to the degree, in which case the can 1 ature shall be termmated.

PART III- PROVISIONS RELATING TO THESES

12. (I) ~e subject _of a thesis shall be approved by the Faculty Board on the o~~o::;~:e:daatiohn of the Head of the Department in which the candidate is carrying

e rc .

60

(2) The thesis shall not contain as its main content any work or material which has previously been submitted by the candidate for a degree in any tertiary institution unless the Faculty Board otherwise permits.

13. The candidate shall give to the Secretary to the University three months' written notice of the date he expects to submit a thesis and such notice shall be accompanied by any prescribed fee. 1

14. (I) The candidate shall comply with the following provisions concerning the presentation of a thesis:

(a) the thesis shall contain an abstract of approximately 200 words describing its content;

(b) the thesis shall be typed and bound in a manner prescribed by the University;

(c) three copies of the thesis shall be submitted together with:

(i) a certificate signed by the candidate that the main content of the thesis has not been submitted by the candidate for a degree of any other tertiary institution; and

(ii) a certificate signed by the supervisor indicating whether the candidate has completed the programme and whether the thesis is of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination: and

(iii) if the candidate so desires, any documents or published work of the candidate whether bearing on the subject of the thesis or not.

(2) The Faculty Board shall determine the course of action to be taken should the certificate of the supervisor indicate that in the opinion of the supervisor the thesis is not of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination.

IS. The University shall be entitled to retain the submitted copies of the thesis. accompanying documents and published work. The University shall be free to allow the thesis to be consulted or borrowed and, subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act, 1968 (Com.). may issue it in whole or any part in photocopy or microfilm or other copying medium.

16. (I) For each candidate two examiners. at least one of whom shall be an external examiner (being a person who is not a member of the staff of the University) shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in the Schedule.

(2) If the examiner's reports are such that the Faculty Board is unable to make any decision pursuant to Regulation II of these Regulations. a third examiner shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in the Schedule.

SCHEDULE 6 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING

I. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Engineering.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board in the area in which he proposes to carry out his research; OR

(b) have satisifed the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and such examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; OR

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the candidate proposes to carry out his programme.

I. At present there is no fee payable.

61

I I I I I'

3.

4.

5.

I.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a programme consisting of:

(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and

(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.

The Programme shall be completed:

(a) in not less than two academic years except that, in the case of a candidate who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has had previous research experience, the Faculty Board may reduce this period to not less than one academic year; and

(b) except with the permission of the Faculty Board, not more than 5 years.

Except with the permission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall take part in research seminars within the Department in which he is carrying out his research.

SCHEDULE 7 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE

The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Engineering Science.

To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisified the requirements for admission to a four year full-time or equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree in Engineering or Metallurgy from the University of Newcastle or any other approved university; OR

(b) have satisified the requirements for admission to a three year full-time or equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree of the University of Newcastle or any other approved university and have completed to the satisifaction of the Faculty Board such work and examinations as determined by the Faculty Board.; OR

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of such academic and professional attainments as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Department in which the applicant proposes to carry out the programme.

(I) A candidate shall nominate the Department in which he proposes to pursue his programme.

(2) The Head of such Department shall make recommendations to Faculty Board as to:

(a) the candidate's suitability for admission to candidature;

(b) the adequacy of facilities for supervision of the proposed programme;

(c) the supervisor or supervisors who should be appointed to supervise the candidate's programme.

To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete a programme of study comprising subjects• totalling 12 units as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board. Not less than two nor more than four of such units shall comprise the investigation of and report on a project specified by the supervisor or supervisors concerned.

A candidate may be granted standing by the Faculty Board on such conditions as the Faculty Board may determine in up to six units in recognition of work completed in this University or elsewhere.

(I) The programme shall be completed in not less than one academic year in the case of a full-time candidate or not less than two academic years in the case of a parttime candidate.

I. For list of approved M.Eng.Sc. subjects see page 64 of this Handbook.

62

I.

2.

3.

4.

(2) Except with the permtsston of the Faculty Board, the programme shall be completed in not more than two years in the case of a full-time candidate and not more than three years in the case of a part-time candidate.

SCHEDULE II - MASTER OF SCIENCE

A candidate for the degree of Master of Science may be enrolled in either the Faculty of Engineering or the Faculty of Science. The Faculty in which the candidate is enrolled shall be responsible for the programme. (1) To be eligible for admission to candidature in the Faculty of Science an applicant

shall:

(a)

(b)

(c)

have satisifed all the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science with honours Class 1 or Class II of the University of Newcastle or to a degree, approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board, of this or any other university; OR have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science of the University of Newcastle or other approved university and have completed such work and passed such examinations as the Faculty Board may have determined and have achieved a standard at least equivalent to that required for admission to a degree of bachelor with second class honours in an appropriate subject; OR in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the applicant proposes to carry out the programme.

(2) To be eligible for admission to candidature in the Faculty of Engineering an applicant shall: (a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours in the

University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board in the area in which he proposed to carry out his resear::h; OR

(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; OR

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the candidate proposes to carry out his programme.

To qualify for aamission to tne degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a programme consisting of: (a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and

(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.

The programme shall be completed -(a) in not less than two academic years except that, in the case of a candidate who has

completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has had previous research experience, the Faculty Board may reduce this period not less than one academic year; and

(b) except with the permission of the Faculty Board, in not more than 5 years.

63

I I I I

5. (I) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, which shall be given only in special circumstances. a part-time candidate enrolled in the Faculty of Science shall:

(a) conduct the major proportion of the research or design work in the University; and

(b) take part in research seminars within the Department in which he is carrying out his research.

(2) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, a candidate enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering shall take part in the research seminars within the Department in which he is carrying out his research.

Approved M.Eng.Sci. Subjects

The following subjects have been approved for inclusion in the M.Eng.Sci. course programme. Not all subjects will be offered in any one year. For details of which subjects will be offered in 1982 consult the Department concerned. See note on page 66. Department of Chemical Engineering

ChESO I Chemical Process Principles for Effluent Control ChES!I Advanced Heat Transfer ChESI3 Advanced Combustion ChESI4 Furnace Engineering ChESI S Energy Management ChESI6 Reaction Engineering ChESI7 Combustion Engineering ChES2! Air Pollution Effluent Control ChES22 Control of Industrial Liquid Effluents ChES23 Particulate Separations ChES24 Comminution ChESS! Polymer Technology ChES63 Mineral Processing ChES76 Fluid Mechanics ChESS! Advanced Computations I ChES82 Advanced Computations I l ChESBS Advanced Process Control

ChE6! I Advanced Problems in Mass Transfer and Reaction Engineering ChE6 l 2 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer ChE62I Advanced Topics in Effluent Control

Department of Civil Engineering CESIO Elastic Continua CESII CESI2 CESI4 CESIS CE526 CES28 CES3S CES36 CE537 CES44 CESS4 CES74 CES7S CE612 CE626 CE636 CE637

Pastic Frame Design Thin Walled Structures Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells Optimal Design of Structural Elements Advanced Properties of Materials Soil Mechanics Theoretical Hydrodynamics Open Channel Flow River and Coastal Engineering I Water Quality Management Civil Engineering Systems ll Transportation Planning Highway Engineering Prestressed Concrete Design Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics Advanced Fluid Mechanics River and Coastal Engineering II

64

Units [

2 2 2 2 2 2

V2 [

Units I [

runent of Electrical Engineering Depa EES!6 Advanced Power Systems

EESI? variable Speed Dnve Systems EES26 Advanced Digital Systems EES41 Sample Data Control Systems EES42 Modern Control . EES43 Optimization Techmques EES4S communication Systems EES46 Modern Control EES47 Digital Communications EESSI Electromagnetic Propagation ~nd Antennas EESS2 Advanced Topics in Commumcatmn Systems EES62 Topics in Switching Theory EES63 computer Operating Systems EES64 Compiler Constmction EES6S Pattern Recognition EES66 Automata and Computing Machines EE567 Computer Process Control EES68 Advanced Computer Architecture EE569 Formal Languages and Automata EE641 Multivariable Control Systems EE642 Stochastic Control

Department of Mechanical Engineering ME401 Systems Analysis ME404 Mathematical Programming I . ME40S Advanced Engineering Computations ME407 Environmental Engineering ME409 Introduction to Noise Pollution Control ME4!0 Advanced Design Concepts I . . ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems Analysis and Design ME444 Properties of Materials ME484 Engineering Economics II . . . ME487 Operations Research - Determ.I~IS~Ic Models ME488 Operations Research - Probabilistic Models MES03 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research MESOS Systems Analysis, Organisation and Control MES08 Air Pollution Studies II . MESI 1 Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis MESIS Advanced Design Concepts II MES17 Materials Handling and Transportation Systems MES3S Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry MESS3 Turbulent Flows MESS4 computation of Fluid Flows and Heat Transfer MESS! Mathematical Programming II MES82 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research MES83 Modelling of Management Problems MES84 Simulation ME68S Advanced Operations Research

Department of Metallurgy . MetS21 Metallurgical Thermodynamics MetS31 Heat Transfer MetS32 Fluid Mechanics Met533 Metallurgucal Rate Processes MetSSI Electron Metallography Met552 Physical Metallurgy Met5S3 Metallography Met561 Extraction Metallurgy MetS81 Dislocation Theory MetS82 Metal Physics

Interdepartmental Subject . GESO I Air Pollution Studies I

65

Units I

Units I

Units I

I I I I

NOTE: (i) By careful selection of subjects candidates can specialise in one of the following: A Applied Mechanics/Structures B. Computer Science C. Engineering Materials D. Environmental Studies/Environmental Engineering E. Fluid Mechanics F. Furnace Engineering G. Operations Research/Management Science H. Mineral Process Engineering I. Systems

(ii) Candidates may, if they wish, select subjects offered in other Faculties subjectto the approval of the Faculty Board Faculty of Engineering.

66

III- POLICIES DETERMINED BY FACULTY BOARD UNDER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The following policies have been determined by Faculty Board under the provisions of the Degree Requirements.

(a) Award of Merit and Honours

The following policy on the grading of degrees was determined under Section 2 of Part I of the Requirements. The Award of Merit and Honours in the Degrees of Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of science (Engineering), Bachelor of Metallurgy, Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) and Bachelor of surveying is based on the complete record of the candidates over the entire course.

Faculty Board awards Honours and Merit gradings to students who have met the requirements for their respective degrees on the recommendation of the appropriate Head of Department. The following has been approved by Faculty Board as a guide to the method to be followed in the award of Honours and Merit gradingL

Honours Gradings in Bachelor of Engineering. Bachelor of Metallurgy and Bachelor of Surveying Degrees

1. The subject taken in the degree are divided into four groups based on the years in which they would normally have been taken according to the full- time programmes as set out in the degree schedules.

2. Grade points are assigned to subjects on the basis of the grades obtained in that subject, as follows:

HD=4 D=3 C=2 P=l

FF, WF, AF and EF = 0

3. The product of the grade points assigned to a subject and the unit value of that subject yields the unit grade point product of each subject.

That is

Where

Wini = Unit grade point product for subject i

Wi = Grade points assigned to subject i

ni = Unit value for subject i.

4. The grade point average is calculated for each group of subjects as follows:

(~ Wini) GPA(t) =

Where GPA(t) = Grade point average of subjects grouped in year t

( ~ Wini) t = Sum of unit grade point products for subjects grouped in year t

( ~ni) t = Sum of unit values for subjects grouped in year t

5. The unweighted overall grade point average (GPA) is calculated thus

~ GP}\(t) GPA=

4

67

6. The weighted overall grade point average (WGPA) is calculated thus

WGPA = ~ (GPA(I) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(3) + 3GPA(4)) 7

7. The weighted overall grade point average calculated above is used as a guide for the recommendation of honours gradings on the basis of

WGPA? 2.5 Honours Class I

2.0 ~ WGPA < 2.5 Honours Class II (Division I)

1.5 ~ WGPA < 2.0 Honours Class II (Division 2).

8. In making their recommendation Heads of Departments should present to the Faculty Board the complete record of each candidate being recommended for an honours grading, together with the grade point average for each yearly grouping of subjects as well as both the weighted and unweighted overall grade point averages.

9. Note (i) The following are excluded from the above calculation:

(a) Subjects for which a full range of grades are n..Jt awarded; (b) Subjects in which a student has been granted standing;

(c) Subjects from which a student has withdrawn without penalty. (ii) Repeats in a subject after a grade of FF, WF, AF or EF has been awarded are

treated as an extra subject taken in the year in which the previously failed subject is normally taken.

(iii) Any subject taken as an elective shall be given a weighting in the honours calculations according to the year in which the subject is normally taken in the courses offered by the Faculty of which the Department offering the subject forms part.

For example, Engineering 100, 200, 300 and 400 level subjects would be given the weighting I, I. 2 and 3 respectively. Any first year subject offered by a Department outside the Faculty of Engineering would be weighted as a first year subject (i.e. I).

(iv) Industrial Experience subjects shall be included in the calculation for GPA(I) regardless of the year of the course in which such subjects are completed.

Merit Gradings in Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) Degrees

The procedure to be followed for the calculation of grade point averages for the recommedation of merit grades is similar to that for the recommendation of honours grades except that:

I. The subjects taken in the degree are divided into groups based on a three year full-time programme.

2. The weighted overall grade point average is calculated thus

I WGPA = 4 (GPA(I) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(3) )

3. The unweighted overall grade point average is calculated thus

I GPA = 3 ~ GPA(t)

4. The weighted overall grade point average to be used as a guide for the recommedation of a merit grade is WGPA? 2.

68

Example

Subject Grade

Year I Mathematics I c Physics lA p

chemistry IS p

CElli Standing

MElli Standing

GE112 Standing

MEI31 D GElS! Standing

ME223 Standing Electives-"Legal Studies I p

""ME093 D •••ME094 c

Year II EE131 c MEI21 Standing ME201 c ME202 p

ME203 D ME204 c ME212 D ME214 c ME241 c ME251 p

ME271 p

EM2CO p

EM2BD p

EM2H FF Electives-••••EM21 p

"EM2G p

Repeated subject EM2H p

69

W; n; Vlofni GPA(t)

2 4 8 I 4 4 I 2 2

- -- -- -

3 I I - -- -

I 4 4 3 I 3 2 I 2

-- --18 28

I 1.56

2 I 2

I - -2 I 2 I I I 3 I 3 2 I 2 3 I 3 2 I 2 2 I 2 I I I I I I I I 2 2 I

I I I 0 I 0

I I I I I I

I I I -- --

17 25 1.47

Subject

Year III EE211 ME312 ME313 ME333 ME343 ME361 ME381 ME383 ME384 ME482 ME487 ME488

Year IV GE350 ME484 ME496 Electives-..... ME419 ..... ME404 ..... ME405 ..... ME517

GPA=

WGPA=

Grade

p

D c c c p

D c c D p p

c D c

D p

c c

1.56 + 1.47 + 1.92 + 2.10

4

Wi

I 3 2 2 2 I 3 2 2 3 I I

2 3 2

3 I 2 2

= 1.76

1.56 + 1.47 + 2 X 1.92 + 3 X 2.10

7

ni Wini

I I I 3 I 2 I 2 I 2 I I I 3 I 2 I 2 I 3 I I I I -- --

12 23

I 2 I 3 4 8

I 3 I I I 2 I 2 -- --

10 21

= 1.88

Based on WGPA = 1.88 recommended award of Honours Class II Division 2.

• Taken in Stage 6 •• Taken in Stage 4

·•• Taken in Stage 5 .... Taken in Stage 2

..... Taken in Stage 7

70

GPA(t)

1.92

2.10

lbl Unsatisfactory Progress

under the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress the Faculty Board may review the academic performance of a student who does not maintain a rate of progress considered satisfactory by the Faculty Board. The following statement has been approved by the Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering with respect to its powers of review under the Regulations Governing unsatisfactory Progress.

1a1 First Year Full· Time or First Two Years Part· Time A student whose academic performance is such that he or she fails to pass at least 4 units in the first year of enrolment in Year I or the first two years of enrolment in Stage I shall be deemed to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory to the Faculty Board

under Regulation 3(1).

lb) Later Years of the Course A student enrolled in Years II, III or IV. or Stages 2, 3, 4. 5, 6 or 7 whose academic performance Is such that he or she fails to: (i) pass at least one third of the units attempted in that year or stage; pr

(li) maintain an average pass rate of at least 50% of the units attempted over the whole period of enrolment;

shall be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory to the Faculty Board under Regulation 311).

lc) Second Failure in a Subject A student enrolled in any year or stage who fails in any subject for a second time shall be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory to the Faculty Board under Regulation 3(1) .

(d) Procedure The academic performance of students falling within any of the above categories shall be reviewed under the provisions of Regulation 3(1). In reviewing a students academic performance the following procedures shall be adopted: (i) The Faculty Secretary shall prepare a schedule of the names of students falling into any

of the above categories for presentation to the Faculty Board.

Iii) Each Student whose name appears on the schedule shall be advised of his or her right to make representations either in writing or in person prior to any decision being taken under Regulation 3(1).

(iii) The Dean or Sub-Dean shall determine the time and place at which representations in person shall be made.

(c) Mutually Exclusive Subjects

(See Section 14 of the Requirements)

The Faculty Board has deemed the following subjects or part subjects to be mutually exclusive under Section 12 of Part I of the Requirements. (I) Mathematics II Topic H. EM2H Probability & Statistics. Introductory Quantitative Methods. (2) Mathematics II Topic F. EM2F Numerical Analysis & Computing, ME30 I Engineering Computations. (3) ME482 Engineering Economics I, Accounting & Financial Studies. (4) Accounting & Financial Studies & Accounting I.

(5) EE417 Variable Speed Drive Systems & EE517 Variable Speed Drive Systems. (6) EE426 Advanced Digital Systems & EE526 Advanced Digital Systems. (7) EE447 Digital Communications & EE547 Digital Communications

(8) EE462 Topics in Switching Theory & EE562 Lpics i~ Switching Theory. (9) EE463 Computer Operating Systems & EE563 Computer Operating Systems. (I 0) EE464 Compiler Construction & EE564 Compiler Construction.

71

I I

(II) EE35 1 Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas & EE45 I Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas & EESS I Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas.

(12) ME407 Environmental Engineering & MES08 Air Pollution Studies II.

ldl Years/Stage Classification Full-time students are classified by year.

Part-time students are classified by stage.

Classification is determined by the number of units passed in accordance with the following table:-

B.E. Full-time B.Sc.(Eng.) & B.Surv. B. Met B.E. Part-time B.Sc.(Met)

Units Year Units Year Units Stage Units Stage 0-15 -I 0-17 -I 0-7 -I 0-7 -I

16-31 -II 18-33 -II 8-16 -2 8-15 -2 32-47 -III 34-49 -III 17-25 -3 16-23 -3 48+ -IV SO+ -IV 26-34 -4 24-31 -4

35-43 -5 32-39 -5 44-52 -6 40+ -6 53+ -7

Students enrolled for the final year of any combined course will be classified as Year V.

lel Alternative Subjects The Faculty Board has deemed the following groups of subjects to be acceptable alternatives under Section 13 of Part I of the Requirements.

I. ChE482 Process Control, EE341 Automatic Control and ME361 Automatic Control.

2. Met341 Fracture and Failure Analysis and ME342 Properties of Materials II.

3. CE212 Mechanics of Solids I and ME214 Mechanics of Solids I.

4. ChE272 Fluid Mechanics, CE231 Fluid Mechanics I and ME251 Fluid Mechanics I.

If) Standing and Exemption Examinations for Holders of Technical College Certificates

Faculty Board has agreed on the following with respect to the granting of standing to holders of Technical College Certificate under the provision of Section I 0 of Part I of the Requirements.

A student may apply for standing in any subject. The Head of the appropriate Department will decide whether standing shall be recommended immediately on the basis of qualifications held or whether the student shall be required to sit for an exemption examination.

As a guide to students the holder of a Technical College Certificate containing appropriate subjects may be granted standing in the subjects or subject units as follows:

Electrical Engineering Certificate OR

Electronics & Communications Certificate

Mechanical Engineering Certificate

Structural Engineering Certificate

SUBJECT OR SUBJECT UNITS

EE131 Circuit Fundamentals GE 112 Introduction to Engineering Design ME Ill Graphics & Engineering Drawing

ME Ill Graphics & Engineering Drawing MEI21 Workshop Practice GE112 Introduction to Engineering Design ME223 Engineering Technology GE I 5 I Introduction to Materials Science

ME Ill Graphics & Engineering Drawing ME121 Workshop Practice GE112 Introduction to Engineering Design

72

Land & Engineering Survey Drafting Certificate

survey Certificate

Engineering survey certificate

SVIII SV473 SV392 SV121

SVIII SV212 SV121 SV222 SV473 SV392 SV472

SVlll SV212 SV121 SV222

Surveying I Town Planning Property & Survey Law Survey Camp I

Surveying I Surveying II Survey Camp I Survey Camp II Town Planning Property & Survey Law Land Valuation

Surveying I Surveying II Survey Camp I Survey Camp II

Examination exemptions may be granted in the following subjects:

CElli ME131 ME212

Note:

Statics Dynamics Engineering Design I

if passed appropriate elective in certificate

course

if passed appropriate elective in certificate

course

11te standing granted to Technical College Certificate holders is under review. It is probable that as a result of this review the amount of standing granted will be increased.

lgl Industrial Training Faculty Board has agreed on the following as its policy with respect to industrial training under Parts 2. 3. 4, 5 and 6 of the Requirements.

1. General For the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Metallurgy, students will normally be required to complete a total of at least 20 weeks of practical work of a nature acceptable to the Faculty Board. This practical experience may be either gained during long vacations or as part of an Industrial Experience elective.

2. Full-time Students Full-time students will normally gain their practical experience during vacation employment. Students are required to write a report outlining the experience gained during each period of practical work. This report must be submitted to the appropriate Department by the 31st March following the period of employment. Students experiencing difficulty in obtaining suitable employment during long vacations may be able to obtain assistance in finding such employment by contacting the University's Careers and Student Employment Office.

3. Part-time and Sandwich Pattern Students

lil Industrial Experience Subjects Students enrolled in the degree of Bachelor of Engineering on a part-time basis may choose to take Industrial Experience units as part of their elective programmes. To be eligible for an Industrial Experience unit. the student must be in approved employment on the I st November preceding the year in which the unit is to be taken. This approved employment must continue for one calendar year, that is. until the 21st October of the year in which the unit is to be counted. Students enrolled in Industrial Experience units must attend such lectures. seminars, etc. and submit such reports as the relevant Head of Department may require. Normally no Industrial Experience unit will be allowed in the first year of enrolment.

The following is a list of the maximum number of Industrial Experience units that may be counted towards the degree in the various courses offered.

73

Mechanical Engineering Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering

4 units 4 units 3 units 5 units 5 units 3 units

Students following the sandwich patterns offered by the Departments of Electrical and Mechanical Engineering should consult with the Heads of those Department before enrolling in Industrial Experience units.

NOTE - The University can accept no responsibility for finding suitable employment for students wishing to enrol for Industrial Experience units.

The successful completion of one Industrial Experience unit satisfies the requirement that students complete 20 weeks practical experience.

(ii) Part-time Students Who Do Not Enrol in Industrial Experience Subjects A student who has been attending on a part-time basis and who during this attendance has been employed in work of a suitable nature but who has not completed an Industrial Experience unit may satisfy the Industrial Training requirement by submitting a report on the experience gained during this period of part-time attendance. 4. B.Sc.(Eng.) and B.Sc.(Met.) Students

(i) For the degrees of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) students must complete at least three years of practical experience before the 31st January in the year in which the student is to be admitted to the Degree. If this requirement is not met admission to the degree may be deferred.

(ii) Students transferring from the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) to the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy may claim up to five Industrial Experience units as Met.400 subjects.

(h) Compensation Procedure as Determined by Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering

Prior to 1973 Engineering courses offered in the University of Newcastle contained composite subjects, that is subjects comprising of usually four individual units. A student could receive a pas~ in thi~ subject even though that student had failed in one of the units comprising the subject. Th1s was because performance at a greater than pass standard in the other three units could lead to an average of over 50% in the subject. Thus, poor performance in one unit of a subject could be compensated by good performance in the other units of that subject. In 197 3 most subjects in the Engineering courses offered were unitised. The above compensation was no longer available. This meant in effect that students were required to pass each unit.

In order to retain the previous standards a new compensation procedure was determined by the Faculty Board as follows:-

!. Grades are awarded in examinations based on percentage marks thus:

pi 2: 85 high ~istinction

84 2:. pi 2:. 7 5 distinction

74 2: pi 2:. 65 credit

64 2: pi 2: SO pass

pi$ 49 fail

where pi= percentage mark scored in subject i.

74

2-

3.

4.

s.

6.

7.

A compensated pass may only be recommended in Engineering subjects and those Mathematics subjects designated EM2. A compensated pass may only be recommended for a candidate in a subject where the candidate's result in that subject is "doubtful". A candidate's result in a subject is considered doubtful if his percentage mark in that subject is in the range 40 $ pi$ 49. A compensated pass in any subject can only be recommended for a candidate when the unit weighted average of the final marks obtained by that candidate taken on all the subjects attempted in that year by the candidate exceeds 55%. This is when

~ Pini >55

~ ni

where ni = number of units in subject i.

Note: For students enrolled in Year I or Stages I and 2 this unit weighted average is calculated based on Engineering subjects only.

The marks available for compensation are calculated from the following formula:

E = ~ (~p.n.- SHni) 5 I I

Note: For students enrolled in Year 1 and Stages I and 2 the marks available for compensation are calculated and based on performance in Engineering subjects only.

Where the percentage mark scored in a a subject is not available and in the absence of information allowing a closer approximation of the percentage mark scored in that subject the following percentage mark based on the grade obtained in the subject is used in the above calculations:

Fail (2) Fail(!) Pass

=IS = 39 =58

Credit = 70 Distinction = 80 H. Distinction= 93

A candidate's "doubtful" subjects (i.e. subjects in which the candidate has scored40-49% are arranged in descending order according to the percentage mark scored). The marks available for compensation, calculated according to the above formula, are added to the percentage mark of the first "doubtful" subject. If this sum is less than SO of the result of fail in the subject stands. If this sum is equal to or greater than SO a compensated pass is recommended for the candidate in this subject. Any excess of this sum over SO is added to the percentage mark of the next "doubtful" subject and if the sum is equal to or exceeds SO a compensated pass is recommended for this subject also. If the sum is less than so the result of fail in the subject stands. This process ifrepeated until the excess is exhausted.

75

I I!

:lj

\I

Example

Subject Grade P; ni Pini Final Grade

ME251 Fluid Mechanics I c 73 73 c ME27 1 Thermodynamics I p 63 63 p

ME214 Mechanics of Solids I F 44 44 p

EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals F 41 41 FF EE211 Energy Conversion c 65 65 c ME30 I Engg. Computations F 36 36 FF ME313 Engg. Design III F 39 39 FF ME342 Properties of Materials II F 46 46 p

GE350 Seminar p 62 I 62 p

Mathematics liB p 4 232 p

Psychology I D 4 320 D -I7 1021

Marks are not available for Mathematics liB and Psychology I - as grade in Maths liB was pass use 58 - as grade in Psychology I was distinction use 80.

~Pini = 1021

~ni 17

= 60

= i (1021 - 935)

= 17

Doubtful Subjects

Subject Pi Pi+ E New Excess Result

ME342 46 46 + 17 = 63 > 50 63- 50= 13 recommend P ME214 44 44 + 13 = 57 > 50 57-50= 7 recommend P EEI31 41 41 + 7 = 48 <50 FF result stands

76

Section 4

SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

77

'I :!:

Guide to Subject Entries

I. Units In undergraduate courses, a unit is approximately one-sixteenth of a full-time year or oneeighth of a part-time year. In engineering subjects. one unit involves a total of 42 hours per year (I V2 hours per week for the whole year. or 3 hours per week for half a year) of lectures, laboratories. and tutorials. Where subjects from other faculties form part of an Engineering course, the unit value is assessed on the basis of the work-load required for that subject as part of a normal year's programme. Normally, Part I subjects each count as 4 units while complete Part II and Part III subjects have a higher unit value. However, the unit value specified for subjects in other faculties is determined from time to time by the Faculty Board.

For further information students should consult the Dean of the Faculty.

In the Master of Engineering Science Requirements a unit is defined as exactly one-twelfth of a full-time year, and in all postgraduate courses, including the Master of Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy the unit is understood to have the same value. This "postgraduate unit'' is also defined as a programme which involved a student in a total of approximately 120 hours' work This total includes all formal course work plus assignments and study. If the "unit'' is a formal instructional course the 120-hour total includes 42 hours oflectures or the equivalent.

What the two "units"- undergraduate and postgraduate- have in common is therefore the same 42 "contact-hours" per year. The postgraduate unit is a larger fraction of the year's work than the undergraduate unit because in postgraduate work the student is expected to do more work per contact-hour than he is in undergraduate work. 2. Nomenclature The six digit number which precedes the name is the Computer Code Number for the subject. 3. Subject Number Each subject has an identification number with prefixed letters indicating the Department responsible for the subject -ChE Chemical Engineering CE Civil Engineering EE Electrical Engineering ME Mechanical Engineering Met Metallurgy GE Interdepartmental Subjects SV Surveying

The first numeral generally indicates the Year of the full-time course in which the subject is normally taken; the second numeral ·indicates the field of study; the third numeral for undergraduate courses indicates the level, or sequence in the field.

The fields of study in each Department are shown in the following table.

78

Indicating Indicating ' Numerals Field of Study Numerals Field of Study

-----------------------------------------

ChE-4-ChE-5-ChE-6-ChE-7-

ChE-8-

ChE-9-

EE-0-

EE-l-

EE-2-EE-3-

EE-4-

EE-5-EE-6-

EE-8-EE-9-

Met-0-Met-1-Met-2-Met-3-Met-4-Met-5-

Met-6-Met-7-Met-8-Met-9-

Chemical Engineering Process Analysis Design, Economics Separation Processes Transport, Phenomena.

Thermodynamics, Combustion

Reactor Design, Process Control, Computations

Projects

Electrical & Computer Engineering General Electrical

Engineering Electrical Machines or

Power Systems Electronics Electrical Circuit Theory

or Measurements Control or Communication

Systems Field Theory Computer Science or

Automata Theory Project/Directed Reading Seminar

Metallurgy General Computations Physical Chemistry Transport Mechanical Physical Metallurgy

and Metallography Extraction Fabrication and Materials Structure and Metal Physics Lahoratory

Subject Name

CE-0-CE-ICE-2-CE-3-CE-4-CE-5-CE-6-CE-7-CE-9-

ME-0-ME-1-ME-2·

ME-3-ME-4-ME-5-ME-6-ME-7-ME-8· ME-9-

SV·OSV·lSV-2-SV-3-SV-4-SV-5-SV·6-SV-7-SV-8-SV-9-

Civil Engineering Service Courses Structures Materials Fluid Mechanics Water Resources Civil Engineering Practice Surveying - Specialist Courses Surveying and Transportation Special Topics

Mechanical Engineering General Courses Analysis and Design Mechanical Engineering

Practice Machines Materials Fluid Mechanics Automatic Control Thermodynamics Industrial Engineering Project and Seminar

Surveying Servicing Course General Surveying Survey Camps Survey Computations Astronomy Geodesy Photogrammetry Land Studies Project and Seminars Special Courses

The name shown is the official name which should be used on all enrolment, re-enrolment and variation forms.

Prerequisites and Corequisites Prerequisites and those subjects which the student must have already passed before enrolling in the subject. Corequisites are those subjects in which the student must enrol concurrently unless he has already passed them. The Dean. on the recommendation of the Head of Department. may relax pre- and corequisites.

Hours All subjects in the Faculty of Engineering are based on units of 42 contact hours each.

The 42 contact hours are spread over a whole year (I V2 hours per week for 28 weeks) or over a half year (3 hours per week for 14 weeks). As far as possible this information has been given in

79

•

the 1982 timetable. Students should check with Departments before completing their timetables. Examinations and Assessment Progressive Assessment based on assignments, practical work etc. is used throughout the Faculty and in some subjects the final grade is based entirely on progressive assessment. Students will be advised of form the assessment in a particular subject will take before the end of 4th week of first term.

Content This section gives a general description of the content of the subject and indicates the broad areas covered.

Preliminary Reading is included where applicable. Students should make every effort to complete the preliminart reading before staring the subject. Texts Essential books which are recommended for purchase. References Information on reference material applicable to a particular subject will be provided by the lecturer in charge of that subject.

80

PART'!: SUBJECTS OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENTS COMPRISING THE

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

511104 ChE002 5111 OS ChE003

Chemical Engineering

511106 ChFD04 Industrial Experience I unit each 511107 ChE005 These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part· time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students will be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. These units may be counted by students towards Elective I.

511108 ChEI41 Industrial Process Principles I unit Design concepts in the process industries. Flow diagram of a typical process and metallurgical processes. Calculation of material and energy balances. Properties of vapours and liquids. Equilibrium processes. Humidification, drying. Crystallisation.

Texts Wall. r. F. An outline of Industrial Process Principles (Department of

Chemical Engineering, University of Newcastle) Metric Conversion and the Use of S.L Units 2nd edn (University

of Newcastle)

511109 ChE151 Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment I unit

An introduction to the structure and organisation of the chemical and process metallurgical industries in Australia, with reference to the world.scene.

Descriptions of the processes used in the manufacture of the major industrial chemicals. including hydrometallurgical and smelting operations. Outline of typical unit operations.

Text Shreve & Brink Chemical Process Industries 4th edn (McGraw-Hill 1977)

511110 ChEI52 Industrial Process Design I I unit Techniques for the.presentation of process engineering information. Visualisation of process plant in two dimensions. Preparation of flow charts for process representation and drawings for plant specification.

Text Australian Standard Engineering Drawing Practice CZI 1976

(Institution of Engineers. Australia)

512224 ChE241 Process Analysis I I unit

Prerequisite ChEI 5 I

Visits to selected plants in the Newcastle (or Sydney) area. Detailed reports required on specified plants.

512225 ChE25l Structures and Pressure Vessel Design l unit

Elementary statics, equilibrium in two dimensional force systems, axial and shear forces, bending and twisting of bars. first and second moments or area with applications to design of simple structures and piping systems.

81

lrl!. ,,

jl

'I !I

I

Design of unfired pressure vessels, Membrane theory. stresses in thin-walled vessels. Code requirements.

Texts Engineering Drawing Practice (AS CZI-1976) Unfired Pressure Vessels (AS 121 0-1977) Steel Structures (AS 1250-1972)

S.A.A. Code S.A.A. Code S.A.A. Code Nash, W. A. Theory and Problems of Strength of Materials (Schaum 1977)

512226 ChE261 Separation Processes I 1 unit

Prerequisites Chemistry I. Mathematics I, ChEI41

A unified treatment of basic concept of heat and mass transfer. Concepts of flux, driving force, heat and mass transfer coefficients. Diffusivitv and conductivity; rate equations.

Dimensional analysis.

Heat transfer by convection. conduction and radiation. Convective heat transfer coefficients. Radiative heat transfer.

Mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Mass transfer coefficient. Correlation of transfer coefficients. Film theory; penetration theory, Vapour-liquid equilibria.

Additivity of resistances in mass and heat transfer.

Simple heat exchanges design. Equation for heat transfer surface. Co- and counter-current arrangements.

The nature and spectal distribution of thermal radiation. Radiation pyrometry on grey surfaces. Exchange areas, direct and total. The adiabatic surface approximation for a refractory. The source-sink-refractory furnace. Introduction to gas radiation.

Texts Coulson. J. M. &

Richardson. J. F. Chemical Engineering. Vol. I (S.l. units) (Pergamon 1977)

Perry, J. H. & Chilton, C. H. Sarofim, A. C. & Wall, T. W.

Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1973) Notes on Radiation Heat Transfer (University of Newcastle)

512227 ChE271 Fuels and Combustion V:z unit

Prerequisite ChE 141

Fuel types, their origin and characteristics. The restrictions on usage imposed by properties. The usage of fuels in the Hunter Valley in the national context. Combustion stoichiometry. The classification of coals, the comparison of Australian coals with those of the northern hemisphere, and allocation for combustion and conversion. Burners for solid, liquid and gaseous fuels. Brief outline of combustion mechanisms, the importance of excess air and mixing. Furnace efficiency and losses. Introduction to fuel-to-fuel conversion.

Text Harker, J. H. & Allen, D. A. Fuel Science (Oliver & Boyd 1972)

512228 ChE272 Fluid Mechanics 1 unit

Prerequisites Mathematics I. Physics I

Properties of fluids. Fluid statics; forces on surfaces, buoyancy. Fluids in motion; conservation of mass and energy. Continuity, Bernoulli and Euler equations, momentum principle, applications of linear and angular momentum. Pumps and turbines. Laminar and turbulent flow. Flow in pipes and ducts. Pressure drop in valves and fittings. Flow measurement.

Text Streeter, V. L. & Wylie, E. B. Fluid Mechanics 7th edn (McGraw-Hill 1979)

82

92229 ChE291 Laboratory . 2 units

f experiments illustrating the fundamentals of flUid flow. heat and mass transfer. A set o

TeXtS erow.E.L. Anderson. J.

Statistics Manual (Dover 1972) Thesis and Assignment Writing (Wiley 1970)

513109 ChEl42 Process Analysis II . ~ unit Inspection of plants of particular technical interest and relevance to course matenal m the

sydney (or Newcastle) area.

513226 ChEl51 Equipment Design V:z unit

p,;erequisite ChE25 I Design of process and storage vessels; process reticulation systems including c~mpressed air, cooling water, steam and refrigeration. Process energy systems and dnves. Process instrumentation for flow. pressure and temperature measurement. The fatl-safe concept.

513227 ChE352 ' eorequisite

Process Engineering

ChE351

lf2 unit

·Content . This course will consider technical and administrative aspects leadmg to the successful commissioning of a process plant. Industrial relations; legal and socwlogtcal considerations.

513228 ChEl53 Process Economics Mathematics I

V:z unit

Pierequisite Estimation of capital and operating costs of process plants; break even analysis; project profitability; discounted cash flow techniques. Economic design. Introdu~tion to process optimisation. Effects of process uncertainties and risk. Bastc cost accountmg procedures.

Text Peters. M. S. &

Timmerhaus. K. D.

Plant Design & Economics for Chemical Engineers 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill 1980)

513229 ChE354 Electrochemistry and Corrosion V:z unit

Pierequisite Chemistry IIC Introductory electrochemistry. Potential and potential differences at interfaces. Charged interfaces. and charge transfer between phases. Electrode processes. Diffusion control.

corrosion and passivation. Evans and Pourbaix diagrams. Cathodic and anodic protection. Techniques of corrosion inhibition. Stress corrosion cracking.

513230 ChE361 Separation Processes II 2 units

Pierequisite ChE261 Physical property criteria. for separation process selection. Phase equilibria; equilibr~um st~g«; and continuous contacting operations; analysis of principal separation processes, mclu~tng distillation.· absorption. extraction. evaporation, humidification, crystallisation and drym~; hydraulic design of mass transfer equipment: stage efficiency. energy reqUI~ements; analysts of multi-component separation processes including azeotropic, extractive and complex

distillation.

Text Treybal. R. E. Mass Transfer Operation (McGraw-Hill 1972)

83

I li

513231 ChE362 Soilds Handling and Minerals Processing 1 unit Prerequisite ChE272

Properties and handling of particulate solids. Size analysis, screening. Size reduction, comminution. Mixing and blending of solids and liquids.

Motion of particles in a fluid. Terminal velocity. drag coefficients. Sedimentation and filtration. Classification and elutriation. Fluidization; pneumatic and hydraulic transport.

Properties of minerals and their relation to minerals beneficiation. Techniques of separation based on vol~me prope~ies (gravity, electrostatic, magnetic) and surface properties (charge, hydrophob1c1ty). Flotation. Action of collectors, modifiers, frothers. Electrokinetic phenomena. Oxide and sulphide flotation. Flocculation and agglomeration.

Text Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering student edition (McGraw-Hill 1976)

513232 ChE371 Kinetics and Thermodynamics 1 unit Prerequisite Chemistry IJC

First and second laws of thermodynamics. The phase rule. Heats of formation and combustion. Thermodynamic properties of fluids. Phase equilibria; chemical reaction equilibria. Power cycles. Open flow systems. Compressible flow. Text Smith, J. M. & van Ness. H. C. Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 3rd edn

(McGraw-Hill 1975)

513233 ChE372 Fuel Technology I 1 unit

Prerequisites Chemistry IS or Chemistry I; CE231. ME251 or ChE272

Fuel and energy resources and demand. Properties and testing for combustion purposes of common. fuels, particularly coal, coke. petroleum, products and natural gas. Air quantities for comb~stwn, heat losses m products of combustion, thermodynamics of combustion systems. Gas, 011 and pulv~rtzed coal flames; burner systems to control stability, flame position and flame shape. Sohd fuel combustion and reduction; fixed beds, gas producers and blast furnaces. Abridged bed combustion systems.

513234 ChE373 Furnace Heat Transfer I unit Prerequisites I st course in heat transfer and fluid mechanics

Furnace type and uses; high temperature transfer mechanisms. Generalised model of furnace efficiency and losses. Convective heat transfer on large surfaces, from impinging jets; heat transfer m packed beds. Conductive thermal storage losses. Raduative exchange between surfaces; exchange areas.

513235 ChE381 Computations 1 unit Prerequisites Mathematics I. ChEI41, ChEI51

The .application .of computers to chemical engineering. Computer terminology, computer architecture. rev1ew of available programming languages, assembly language, a high level languag~ (BA~IC or PASCAL), computer interfaces, peripherals, a selection of problems in calculatiOn, f1le mampulatwn, data logging, introduction to direct digital control. flowsheeting, timesharing in BASIC or PASCAL.

84

513237 ChE382 Process Dynamics 1 unit An introduction to the unsteady-state behaviour of chemical plant and modelling of selected processes. Revision of Laplace transformations, transfer function concept, unsteady state materials and energy balances as a technique for system modelling, first order systems, second order systems. extraction, response to disturbances - modelling of steam jacketted reactor, gas absorber and simple heat exchanger. The principles of process control instrumentation, applied to flow. temperature. pressure, liquid level, etc. measurement, with laboratory experiments.

Text eouganowr, D. R. & Process Systems Analysis and Control (McGraw- Hill 1965)

Koppel. L. B.

513236 ChE391 Laboratory A number of open-ended investigations illustrating Year lll experiments on instrumentation and control of process plant.

2 units

lecture topics, including

Texts Anderson, J. Crow. E. L.

Thesis and Assignment Writing (Wiley 1972) Statistics Manual (Dover 1972)

514125 ChE452 Process Evaluation and Optimization

Content to be advised.

514126 ChE462 Environmental Control

Prerequisites ChE362, ChE371

I unit

Y2 unit

An overview of atmospheric and liquid pollution and the effect of pollution on the ecosphere. Elements of process selection and cost-benefit analysis; by-product recovery.

514127 ChE471 Industrial Safety Y2 unit Prerequisite ChE351 General introduction and outline, categorising hazards and risks. Hazard analysis. Aspects of toxicology, sources of ignition, types and effects of explosions. Legal and environmental consideration of industrial safety and disposal of gaseous, liquid. solid wastes.

514128 ChE472 Transport Phenomena 1 unit

Prerequisites EM2CO, ME2BD. ChE272, ChE361

Heat and mass transfer in unsteady state conditions, transport theory for heat and mass transfer in laminar and turbulent flow conditions; mass transfer with chemical reaction.

Text Beek, W. J. & Transport Phenomena (Wiley 1975)

Muttzall. K. M. H.

514129 ChE473 Radiant Heat Transfer


514I30 ChE474 Selected Topics in Heat and Mass Transfer


514131 ChE475 Advanced Combustion


85

1 unit

1 unit

I unit

514132 ChE476 Auid and Particle Mechanics Content to be advised.

514133 ChE481 Advanced Computations Content to be advised.

514134 ChE482 Process Control Prerequisites EM2CO, EM2BD

I unit

I Unil

luni

An introductory course in linear control systems. Mathematics models of systems an< compo~ents; ~ifferential. equations and transfer functions. Discussion of analog computer and the1r use m the solution of equations and simulations of systems. Simple systems of firs and second order. Analysis of steady state performance. System stability and translen response by algebraic, root-locus and frequency response methods. Introduction t• compensation techniques.

Description of components of servo-mechanisms and process control systems. Text

Fortmann, T. E. & Hitz, K. L. Introduction to Linear Control System Theory (Dekker 1977)

514135 ChE483 Reaction Engineering 1 uni Prerequisite ChE371

The ki~etics of ho~ongeneous reactions and the design of the ideal reactors - batch, plu a~d .mixed flow. Smgle and multiple reactions. Non-ideal flow and the residence tim diStribUtiOn.

The rate equations for heterogeneous reactions. Rate controlling mechanisms an approximations. An outline of catalysis and the properties of catalysts. The rate equations fc porous solids and the analysis of rate data. Text Levenspiel, 0. Chemical Reaction Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1972)

514136 ChE484 Advanced Reaction Engineering Content to be advised.

514137 ChE485 Advanced Process Control Content to be advised.

514138 ChE490 Design Project

Prerequisites All Year III subjects

I unit

I unit

2 units

Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and e~ergy balances, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more Items of eqmpment, or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are required to take a two-day design paper.

514139 ChE491 Seminar I unit Re~ular two hour seminar sessions will be held during the year for discussion of literature rev1ews, chemical engineering practice and research within the department. Each student will present not less than two half-hour papers in the course of the year.

514140 ChE492 Research Project 3 units

An as.signed task .of experimental investigation, or the design, construction and testing of expenmental eqmpment to be reported formally in a thesis.

86

514143 ChE493 Design Project 3 units

Prerequisites All Year III subjects Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and energy balancer, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed \fesign of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are required to take a design paper.

514141 ChE494 Laboratory Project


514142 ChE495 Design Project


514144 ChE496 Research Project

2 units.

2 units

4 units

An assigned task of experimental investigation, or the design, construction and testin5 of experimental equipment to be reported formally in a thesis.

514145 ChE497 Design Project 4 units

Prerequisites All Year III subjects Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and energy balancer, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are required to take a design paper.

510128 ChESOI Chemical Process Principles for Eftluent Control I unit

This is primarily a bridging course for students in the field of environmental control who have not had a chemical engineering background, and deals with specific problems in stoichiometry, particle separation and reaction rate related to gas and water treatment methods.

510117 ChESt! Advanced Heat Transfer I unit

Prerequisite ChE261

A study of fundamentals of and computational methods for radiative transfer, particularly for grey lambert surfaces and non-luminous gases. Methods of representing real gases by grey' gas components. Matrix methods of solving for non-isothermal systems.

510122 ChE513 Advanced Combustion 2 units

A detailed study of the nature of industrial flames and their behaviour in furnace enclosures - the chemical reaction involved, mixing aerodynamics of jets, flames and combustion systems; prediction of flame length, shape and radiative properties.

Texts Beer, J. & Chigier, N. Field, M. A. et a!.

Aerodynamics of Combustion (Academic 197 2) Combustion of Pulverized Coal (BCURA 1967)

510126 ChE514 Furnace Engineering

Prerequisite ChESII (advisory)

2 units

The design and operation of furnaces; heat balances, calculation of losses, insulation, gas recuperation and regeneration; approximate methods of heat-transfer computation; temperature distribution; refractories, physical constructiop; control. fuels and firing methods; economics of fuel selection and waste-heat recov~ry;' effluent pollution control.

87

Texts Thring. M. W. Trinck, W. & MacWhinney

Science of Flames and Furnaces (Chapman & Hall 1962) Industrial Furnames (Wiley)

510135 ChE515 Energy Management 2 units The cost-price structure of energy supply; factors influencing relative costs of coal-oil gaselectricity.

Tec~nical possibilities and limitations in change of fuel and energy sources for existing eqmpment.

Primary fuel conversion; liquid fuels from coal and gas.

Energy economy in process plant; the thermodynamics of heating and power generation. Methods of loss assessment and management of in plant energy use; loss control by furnace inculation. sensible heat recuperation and regeneration. Combustion control. Steam economy; the high cost of steam. the sensible use of latent heat; heat exchangers for low level heat recovery. Energy losses in mechanical and fluid-flow systems. Efficient and inefficient speed and flow control systems.

Combined power and process heat systems; the gas turbine in process plant; reversed cycles; the heat pump for distillation and other process systems. Energy storage. in hot water. as latent heat. in solid storage systems. as chemical energy in cells or in intermediate products.

The international resource situation. Energy resources for the future. (Nuclear, solar direct and vegetable growth, etc.).

Text Hottel. H. C. & Howard. J. B. New Energy Technology (M.I.T. 1971)

510125 ChE516 Reaction Engineering 2 units

Kinetics of reactions involving mass transfer with chemical reaction and their application to the design of reactQrs for gas-solid catalytic reactions.

510130 ChE517 Combustion Engineering 2 units

Combustion stoichiometry and thermodynamics. Combustion reactions. flames. jets and burners. Furnace heat balances and engineering treatment of radiative transfer. Flame and furnace measurements. A substantial investigation on an item of combustion equipment will be used to illustrate the principles.

Texts Beer. J. & Chigier. N. Thring, M. W.

Aerodynamics of Combustion (Academic Press 1972) Science of Flames and Furnaces (Chapman & Hall 1962)

510123 ChE521 Air Pollution Eftluent Control 2 units The general problem; legislative controls; combustion and other processes producing gaseous or gas carried effluents; control methods; practice and fundamental principles of gas washing, settlement filtration, cycloning and electrostatic precipitation. Process modification, byproduct recovery, removal of pollutants by reaction. costs and economics. Text Strauss. W. Industrial Gas Cleaning (Pergamon 1967)

510124 ChE522 Control of Industrial liquid Eftluents

Part I: The General Problem; chemical processes

Part II: Unit Operations

88

2 units

Part!: tb~ general problem; statutory requirements; practice and fundamental principles. By-

product recovery. Background on liquid pollution overseas and in Australia. Effect of pollution on the ecosphere-basic principles of ecology. effects of liquid pollution. toxicity of certain ~aterials. Water pollution legislation - overseas developments and research. Australian State requirements. Sampling and analysis of polutants - standard methods of sampling, instrUmental methods and monitoring equipment. Chemistry of reactions in solution - acid base equilibria, complex ion equalibria, distribution diagrams, oxidation-reduction equalibria. Diagrams collodial behaviour, Zeta potential. Physical properties of solutions/suspensionsgas solubility. rate of gas absorption, rate of solution and solubility. Cooling water- make up and draw off cycles, treatment chemicals and their recovery or disposal. Sour water strippers _ gas or steam stripping or sulphides, phenols.

Part II: Theory of treatment processes dealt with as various Unit Operations, together with practical aspects of overall treatment plants and costs of alternatives.

Topic outlines Introduction - Sources and characteristics of waters to be processed.

Unit Operations and Treatment Kinetics. Aeration and Gas Transfer - Oxygenation or degassing. Flocculation - Zeta Potential and Coagulation: Precipitation. Neutralization pH Control.

settling - Sedimentation and Thickening: Settling Tanks - rect. or circular.

Solids removal by filtration - CT machines or Hydrocyclones.

Filter aids. Introduction to Biological Treatment Methods. Design of Biological Treatment Systems for Activated Sludge, Trickling Filters. Lagoons. Stabilisation Ponds, to reduce BOD. COD. Design of Biological Treatment Systems for full nitrification/dentrification tertiary treatment. Physicochemical Methods for tertiary treatment including Ion exchange and Adsorption

processes. For Parts I & II Text

Fair. G. M. et a!. Water and Waste Water Engineering Vol. 2 (Wiley 1968)

510139 ChE523 Particulate Separation


5!0153 ChE524 Comminution


510147 ChESS! Polymer Technology

I unit

I unit

1-l unit

The aim of this course is an introduction to synthetic polymers. including all plastics. synthetic fibres and elastomers - their manufacture. properties and uses. Included will be the historical development of the principal polymers. together with the current scope and structure of the petrochemical industry.

5!0148 ChE563 Mineral Processing


510149 ChE576 Fluid Mechanics


89

I unit

I unit

I,

II

I

•

510150 ChES81 Advam:ed Computations 1 Prerequisite ChE381

I unit

The adven~ of digital computers has changed the approach of chemical e In d and analysJs. The course is.aimed at illustratin how math . ng eers to eslgn engineering problems when it is realised that ~e resulting :r:~~~~a~ be ~pp~ed to chemical Examples will be taken from statistics fluid mech . so ve on computers. engineering, automatic control and optimization. ames, stage operations, reaCtion

510151 ChES82 Advanced Computations 11 Content to be advised.

510152 ChES85 Advanced Process Control Content to be advised.

510154 ChE611 Advanced Problems In Mass Transfer and Reaction Engineering


510155 ChE612 Advanced Topics In Heat Transfer Content to be advised.

510156 ChE621 Advanced Topics in Eftluent Control Content to be advised.

90

I unit

I unit

I unit

I unit

I unit

Civil Engineering Subjects

521092 CE092 } 521093. cE:093 Industrial Experience 521094 CE094

I unit each

These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by parttime students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of his engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be counted by part-time students as electives. (See also Section 3, III(g) of this Handbook).

521101 CElli Statics I unit

Two-dimensional force systems; equilibrium; funicular polygon; rigid bars, shear force, axial force, bending moment; pin-jointed frames, analytical and graphical treatment; equilibrium of three-dimensional force systems. cables.

Text Hall, A. S. & Archer, F. Principles of Statics (Univ. of New South Wales Students'

Union)

521104 CEI71 Engineering Surveying I 2 units Basic measurement techniques and instruments, transversing, plane tabling, tacheometry; contours, areas. volumes, route surveys and associated calculations; hydrographic and underground surveys; introduction to photogrammetry; controlling and setting out small engineering projects. Students are required to attend a three-day survey camp during the August vacation.

Text Bannister, A. & Raymond, S. Surveying (Pitman)

522408 CE20I Civil Engineering IS 2 units

Statics: force systems, equilibrium, frameworks

Dynamics: kinematics, rigid body motion, momentum and energy

Properties of Materials: behaviour of materials under static and dynamic loads

Mechanics of Solids: stress and strain, internal forces, moments and stresses, deflection of beams.

Texts McLean, W. G. &

Nelson, E. W. Nash, W. A.

Engineering Mechanics 3rd edn (Schaum 1978)

Strength of Materials 2nd edn (Schaum 1977)

522102 CE212 Mechanics of Solids I Prerequisites CElli and Mathematics I

1 unit

Stress, strain, axial load problems; states of stress and strain; stress-strain relationships; internal actions, internal stresses in beams; deflextion of beams; torsion in circular sections; combined stress. Text Popov, E. P. Mechanics of Materials 2nd edn (S.I.) (Prentice-Hall 1978)

522111 CE213 Mechanics of Solids II I unit

Prerequisite CE212

Buckling of columns; introduction to theory of elasticity; non-uniplanar bending; shear centre; torsion of non-circular sections; lateral instability of beams; energy methods.

Text As for CE212

91

I li

I

d.

lf.r

::

I I

732900 CE223J Engineering Geology 2units Introduction to principles of geology and their application to engineering problems.

Text McLean, A. C. &

Gribble, C. D. Geology for Civil Engineers (Allen & Unwin 1979)

522112 CE224 Civil Engineering Materials 2 units Prerequisite G E IS I

Theoretical background and laboratory tests of elastic and inelastic properties, creep, hardness and fracture of metals and timber. (V2 unit) Properties and behaviour of brick masonry and-timber

Properties and behaviour of bituminous_materials. (\4 tinit)

Conrete: component materials. properties of plastic and hardened concrete, concrete mix design, manufacturing and field control. (I Y4 units)

Texts Civil Engineering Materials (Macmillan 1980) Jackson. N.

Nagarajan, N. & Australian Concrete Inspection Manual (Pitman, Australia) Antill. J. M.

522202 CE231 Fluid Mechanics I I unit Prerequisites Mathematics I and MEI3I

Fundamentals, fluid statics. kinematics of fluid motion, flow of an incompressible ideal fluid. Text Vennard, J. K. &

Street. R. L. Elementary Fluid Mechanics 5th edn (S.I.) (Wiley 1976)

522204 CE232 Fluid Mechanics II I unit

Prerequisite CE231 Flow of a compressible ideal fluid, impulse-momentum principle, flow of a real fluid, similitude and dimensional analysis.

Text As for CE231

523333 CE302 Civil Engineering liS 2 units Prerequisite CE20 I

Fluid Mechanics: fluid properties, hydrostatics. fluid dynamics, continuity, energy momentum. Flow in pipes, conduits and open channels.

Hydrology: hydrological cycle. Precipitation and stream flow. Flood estimation. Probability concepts in hydrological design.

Soil Mechanics: Soil properties, seepage, soil stresses, settlement, compaction, strength and failure criteria.

Texts Giles. R. V. Smith, M. J.

Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics 2nd edn (Schaum 1962) Examination Subjects for Engineers and Builders. Soil Mechanics

3rd edn (MacDonald & Evans 1978)

523109 CE314 Structural Analysis I 2 units

Prerequisites CE212, CE213 and CE221

Analysis of statically indeterminate, elastic plane structure by forces and displacement methods. Elements of flexibility and stiffness matrix methods; limit analysis. Familiarisation with computer packages.

92

523110 CEliS Structural Design I 2 units

p,erequisites CE212 and CE213 or ME214

Basic design of steel and reinforced concrete structures.

TIXtS B.H.P.A.I.S. Bresler. B. et al.

;··Of

McGuire. W. or

Gorenc. B. E. & Tinyou, R. warner. R. F. et al. S.A.A. S.A.A. S.A.A.

Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sections and Plates (B.H.P. Co. Ltd.) Design of Steel Structures (Wiley)

Steel Structures (Prentice- Hall)

Steel Designer's Handbook (N.S.W.U.P.) Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976) Steel Structures (ASI250) (A.I.S.C.) Code for Concrete in Buildings (ASI480 1973) Dead and Live Loads (ASII70 pt I 1971) and Wind Loads

(ASII70 pt II 1975)

523102 CE324 Soil Mechanics 2 units

Prerequisite CE212

PrJ- or Corequisite CE333 and CE334 Index properties, classification of soils; permeability, capillarity, seepage and flow nets; stresses in soils; settlement and consolidation; compaction, shear strength and failure criteria; stability of retaining walls.

rm Scott. c. R. An Introduction to Soil Mechanics and Foundations 2nd edn

(Applied Science 197 4)

523306 CE333 Fluid Mechanics III I unit

Prerequisite Fluid flow in pipes, immersed objects.

Text

CE232 fluid measurements, elementary hydrodynamics, fluid flow about

As for CE231

523307 CE334 Fluid Mechanics N I unit

Prerequisite CE333 Open channel flow, basic concepts, energy and momentum principles, flow resistance, nonuniform flow, channel controls. channel transitions. Unsteady flow; surges in closed conduits, waterhammer, elements of unsteady flow in open channels.

Text Henderson, F. M. Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan 1966)

523309 CE341 Water Resources Engineering I l unit Elements of microbiology; self-purification of natural waters; water quality management; municipal water supply and sewage systems.

Text Linsley. R. K. & Water Resources Engineering 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill 1979)

Franzini, J. B.

93

I I'

523308 CE342 Water Resources Engineering II 1 unit

Prerequisite CE24l or CE341 The hydrological cycle. Analysis of precipitation and stream flow data. Flood estimation. Probability concepts in hydrological design. Flood routing. Synthetic hydrographs. Groundwater. Irrigation. Water resources development Urban drainage design.

523107 CE351 Civil Engineering Systems I l unit General introduction to the systems approach. Techniques available as aids to the identification of optimal policies - mathematical modelling, computer simulation, various mathematical programming techniques, heuristics. Choice of techniques, problem formulation. Example applications of the systems approach to civil engineering problems. Text de Neufville, R. &

Stafford, J. H. Systems Analysis for Engineers and Managers (McGraw-l-lill)

523108 CE372 Transportation Engineering 1 unit

Elements of regional planning, land-use/transport interaction; transportation modes and system characteristics; transportation demand estimates, data collection, highway engineering; driver, vehicle and road characteristics, road geometries; traffic engineering; road construction, drainage, pavements, maintenance.

Preliminary Reading Hay, W. W. An Introduction to Transportation Engineering (Wiley)

Texts Oglesby, C. H.

or O'Flaherty. C. A.

Highway Engineering 3rd edn (Wiley)

Highways Vol 2 (Edward Arnold 1974) Geometric Design of Rural Roads (NAASRA) Traffic Engineering Practice (NAASRA)

524001 CEAIO Elastic Continua

Prerequisite CE314

l unit

Problems in the theory of elasticity; finite element method for plane stress and axially symmetric problems; bending theory for plates with rectangular boundaries; finite elements for plates.

524002 CEAll Plastic Frame Design I unit Pre(Co-)requisite CE314

Review of upper and lower bound theorems; plastic moment distribution; column; connections; design of braced frames; subassemblages; unbraced frames.

524003 CEA12 Thin Walled Structures 1 unit

Prerequisite CE314

Instability of beams, colums and frames, including. analysis of thin walled sections in torsion box; girder analysis.

524051 CEA13 Brickwork and Timber Design l unit

Pre(Co-)requisite CE314 and CE324

The properties and behaviour of masonry and its components. The design of masonry structures including recent developments in high rise construction. The properties and behaviour of timber. The design of timber structures.

94

Text pearson. R. G. et a!. Timber Engineering Design Handbooh (Jacaranda)

524052 CEA14 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells I unit

Prerequisite CE314 Analysis and design of plates with different plan forms and boundary conditions. Membrane analysis of cylindrical shells and edge effects. Folded plate analysis for cylindrical shells, membrane analysis of shells of revolution.

524053 CEA14T Structural Analysis and Design II 4 units

Matrix displacement method of analysis of frames, dynamic behaviour of beams and frames, influence lines in indeterminate structures. non-uniplanar bending and torsion. Advanced reinforced concrete design - special structures; design of prestressed concrete structures, plastic design of portal frames. Laboratory tests of prestressed and reinforced concrete beams. Architectural aspects of structural design.

524054 CEA IS Optimal Design of Structural Elements I unit

Prerequisite CE314 Elements of variational calculus, optimal design of ties, beams, columns, shafts and beamcolumns. Multi-purpose optimal design.

524055 CEA 16 Structural Analysis II I unit

Prerequisite CE314 Extension of matrix displacement method to grids and space frames; review of energy methods; flexibility of non uniform and curved members; influence lines. Muller- Breslav Principle.

524056 CEA I 7 Structural Analysis Ill I unit

Prerequisite CE314 Vibration of single degree of freedom systems; treatment of structural vibration as lumped

1 mass systems; frequencies of vibration of beams; stability of frames.

524057 CEA18 Structural Design II I unit

Prerequisites CE314 and CE315 Advanced reinforced concrete design- frames. Yield-line method, Hilleborg Strip method, flat slabs and plates. torsion in reinforced concrete. Plastic design in steelwork.

Texts As for CE315

524058 CEA 19 Structural Design Ill I unit

Prerequisites CE314 and CE315 Basic design of prestressed concrete structures. Laboratory tests of prestressed concrete beams.

Texts S.A.A. Prestressed Concrete (AS1481 !978) Warner. R. F. & Faulkes, K. A. Prestressed Concrete (Pitman 1979) Warner, R. F. eta!. Reinforced Concrete (Pitman !976)

95

524403 CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering I Unit

Prerequisite CE324 Site investigation. design of spread footings, strip and combine!! footings, raft foundations, piled foundations, design of embankments, cuttings, earth and rockfill dams, introductory rock mechanics.

Text Peck, R. B. et al. Foundation Engineering 2dn edn (Wiley 1974)

524034 CE426 Advanced Properties of Materials I unit Prerequisites CE212, CE213, CE221

Micro - and Macropasticity, creep of materials, viscoelasticity of plastics and concretes. Brittle and ductile fracture, Fatigue. Composite materials.

524035 CE427 Concrete Technology I unit

Prerequisite CE222

Characteristics of special concretes. Use of high alumina, slag, fly ash and other special cements; gap-graded mixes; light-weight aggregate; fibre reinforcement; small scale concrete models.

524036 CE428 Soil Mechanics I unit

Prerequisite CE324

Advanced numerical analyses applied to soil mechanics problems, including slip circle analysis. finite difference solutions to problems of consolidation and flow, and finite element solutions to problems of flow, stress analysis and consolidation.

524059 CE435 Theoretical Hydrodynamics I unit

Prerequisite CE333

Proof and applications of the Navier Stokes equations and the vorticity equation; irrotational flow and the use of complex variable methods to solve some of the basic engineering problems such as airfoil lift and percolation under dams.

Text Vallentine, H. R. Applied Hydrodynamics (.Butterworths)

524060 CE436 Open Channel Flow I unit

Prerequisite CE334 Further methods of plotting longitudinal profiles, and solution of more difficult problems involving channel transitions and controls. Introduction to unsteady flow; the method of characteristics, and the principles of flood routing. Text Henderson, F. M. Open Channel Flow {Collier-Macmillan 1966)

524061 CE437 River and Coastal Engineering I I unit Prerequisite CE334

Soil erosion by currents, waves, rainfall and overland flow. Sediment transportation by streams. Measuring devices. Fluvial morphology, river training. Scour protections at artificial river constrictions. Tides and currents. Waves. Reflection. refraction and diffraction. Movement of material by the sea, littoral drift. Coastal protection. River and coastal models. Text Henderson. F. M. Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan 1966)

96

524062 CE44l Water Resources Engineering Ill I unit

Prerequisite CE241 or CE341 and CE342


524063 CE444 Water Quality Management I unit

Prerequisite CE241 or CE341 and CE342 The nature of waste discharges and their effects on receiving waters. Self-purification or organic microbial and radioactive wastes. Heat dissipation in receiving waters. Estuaries. The relation of water quality to water uses. Managing waste loads and the assimilative capacity of receiving waters. Case studies.

Preliminary Reading Imhoff. K. et al. Disposal of Sewage and Other Waterbone Wastes 2nd edn

(Butterworths 1971)

Text Nemerow, N. L. Scientific Water Pollution Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1974)

524102 CE452 Engineering Construction 2 units

Management Construction company failures and the need for efficient management; principles of management. management functions and techniques; nature and type of organisational structures.

Administration: Costing; estimating; engineering contracts; drawings and specifications; tendering. Project Planning and Control: Planning; constructing and analysing networks; resource levelling; cost m,inimization; presentation of information; control.

Construction Plant ClassificatiOn, selection.and use of plant; plant organisation; plant costs, purchase or hire; site establishment and t~mporary works. ·

Construction Methods and Equipment Earthmoving; drilling and blasting; tunnelling; foundation drilling; piling; bridge and building construction.

Texts Antill, J. M. Antill, J. M. & Ryan, P. W. S.

Civil Engineering Management (Angus & Robertson 1973) Civil Engineering Construction (Angus & Robertson 1973)

524404 CE453 Project

Pre· an(i Corequisites According to nature of topic

4 units

Literature review, analytical and/or experimental investigation of llne or more civil engineering design problems. Presentation of seminar.

524406 CE45lT Proje~t

Content as for CE453.

524050 CE454 Civil Engi.nec=rmg Systems II

2 Units

I unit

.Mathematical programming and optimisation ·techniques, applieations to problems in structural design, engineering management; water resource· systems and transportation.

524045 CE47l Engineering SUTVeying II 2 units

Prerequisite CE 171 Engineering Swveying l Precise levelling, trigonometric levelling, barometric levelling, ·single-second theodolites. approximate adjustment of plane triangulation.

97

Texts Bannister. A. &

Raymond, S. Surveying 3rd edn (Pitman 1972)

Clarke, D. Clarke, D.

Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. I 6th edn (Constable 1969) Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers Vol. II 6th edn

(Constable 1973)

524046 CE474 Transportation Planning I unit Prerequisite CE372

Transportation in the national economy; socioligical, environmental and economic requirements of transportation systems; demands for travel; land use/transport interaction. Transportation planning; data collection, trip generat)Qn; trip distribution; traffic assignment; modal split economic evaluation. Recent innovations in transportation systems. Text Bruton, M. J. Introduction to Transportation Planning (Hutchinson 197 5)

524047 CE475 Highway Engineering I unit Prerequisite CE372

Structure of road pavements; failure modes; pavement design methods. Material requirements, strength, strain at failure, fatigue, skid resistance. Testing of materials, subgrade, granular and sabilized bases, bituminous materials. Text O'Fiaherty, C. A. Highways Vol. 2 Highway Engineering (Edward Arnold 1974)

524048 CE490 Special Topic 524049 CE491 Special Topic

520137 CESIO Elastic Continua

See CE410 Elastic Continua.

520138 CESII Plastic Frame Design

See CE411 Plastic Frame Design.

520139 CE512 Thin Walled Structures

See CE412 Thin Walled Structures.

520140 CE514 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells

1lee CE414 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells.

520141 CE515 Optimal Design of Structural Elements

See CE4i S Optimal Design of Structural Members.

I unit each

I unit

I unit

I unit

I unit

I unit

520131 CE526 Avanced Properties of Materials I unit Prerequisites CE212, CE213 and CE221 Principles of materials selection. Construction materials. Steel: metalurgy, precautions in fabrication, corrosion protection, brittle fracture prevention, structural properties and uses. Structural aluminium: types of alloys and their properties, fabrication, typical uses. Composite materials.

520121 CES28 Soil Mechanics I unit See CE428 Soil Mechanics.

98

520142 CE535 Theoretical Hydrodynamics I unit See CE435 Theoretical Hydrodynamics.

520143 CE536 Open Channel Flow I unit See CE43!l Open Channel Flow.

520144 CE537 River and Coastal Engineering I I unit See CE437 River and Coastal Engineering I.

520I45 CE544 Water Quality Management I unit

See CE444 Water Quality Management.

520133 CE554 Civil Engineering Systems II I unit

See CE454 Civil Engineering Systems II.

520129 CE574 Transportation Planning I unit

See CE474 Transportation Planning.

520136 CE575 Highway Engineering , unit

See CE475 Highway Engineering.

520612 CE612 Prestressed Concrete Design 2 units Review of design precedures of statically determinate prestressed concrete structures, design of indeterminate prestressed concrete structures. Study of the effects of creep and shrinkage. Detailed study of anchorage zones in pre- and post-tensioned members. Fatigue strength of prestressed concrete beams. Statistical basis of structural safety.

Texts SAA

Warner. R.F. & Faulkes, K.A.

Prestressed Concrete Code AS 1481-197 4 (Standards Assn of Australia)

Prestressed Concrete (Pitman 1979)

520611 CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics 2 units

Mathematical preliminaries and stress distribution around holes and crac~ und~r tensile, i~plane shear and anti-plane shear conditions. Crack modelling by dislocations. Pla~tlc relaxation at cracks. Equivalence of Griffith, Barenblatt and Dugdale crack growth theones. Fully plastic crack growth - use of finite element technique. Energy methods in Fracture Mechanics - use of J-integral. Theory of fatigue crack growth. Useful application of brittle fracture in mining.

520613 CE636 Advanced Auid Mechanics I unit

Treatment at an advanced level of selected topics that are relevant to civil engineering problems, for example in pipe systems and the design and performance of hydraulic structures.

520614 CE637 River and Coastal Engineering II I unit Hydrodynamics of fluid-particle systems. Dispersion in streams, estuaries, th~ o~ean. Application to wastewater outfalls. Stratified flow, density currents. Flow of sohd-hquid mixtures in pipes.

99

I

531302 531303 531304 531305 531306

EE092 EE093 EE094 EE095 EE096 I

Electrical and Computer Engineering Subjects

Industrial Experience I unit each

These subject units are designed to formalise the periods of Industrial Experience which may be studied in lieu of elective units by part-time students. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one elective unit of 42 hours. A student who wishes to study one of these units will be required to contact his adviser regularly and to present a report answering questions set by the adviser giving a connected account and critical evaluation of his engineering activities and experience during the year. See also Section 3, IIJ(g) of this Handbook.

531307 EE097 Industrial Experience II 2 units

This 2-unit elective is available to "sandwich" course students only. The student must be in appropriate full-time employment for one calendar year from I st July in the year preceding enrolment to 30th June in the year of enrolment. A diary must be kept, a seminar presented, and a detailed report submitted to the student's adviser. The report must indicate that the student has been engaged in a major engineering project. See also Section 3, III(g) of this Handbook.

531203 EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals

Part I (Introduction)

Introduction to Electrical Engineering, Model Theory. Units.

Part 2 (Resistive Circuits)

I unit

Ohm's Law, Kirchoffs Law, Parallel and Series resistive circuits. Nodal and Mesh Analysis. Thevenins and Norton's Theorems.

Part 3 (Transient Circuits)

Inductance and-Capacitane, Natural and Forced Response. Transients in RL. RC Circuits.

Part 4 (Sinusoidal Analysis)

The Phasor Concept. Complex Impedance and Admittance. Phasor diagrams.

Part 5 (Power in AC Circuits)

Power, Volt-Amps, Reactive Power, Power Factor.

The course will be evenly divided between lectures and laboratory work and will also be supplemented by tutorial sessions.

Text Hayt. W.H. & Kemmerly, J.E. Engineering Circuit Analysis 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill)

532106 EE211 Energy Conversion I unit Prerequisite EE 131

Magnets and electromagnets. Magnetic circuit laws. B.H. characteristics of ferromagnetic materials; hysteresis loss in magnetic materials.

Faraday's law; Lenz's law, concept of motor and generator action. Eddy current losses in materials.

Concept of flux linkage and inductance; self, mutual and leakage inductance of coupled circuits, voltage equations for coupled circuits, the air core transformer, the practical iron cored transformer, equivalent circuits, phasor diagrams. Transformer testing.

100

Electro-mechanical energy conversion; electro-mechanical transducers, law of conservation of energy and its application to singly-excited and doubly-excited systems. Machine windings and their parameters, principle of torque production. Concepts of transformer induced and rotationally induced voltages in a two winding system.

The course consists of lectures and tutorials.

Text Gourishanke, V. Electromagnetic Energy Conversion (Internat. Text)

532107 EE221 Semi-Conductor Devices I unit

Prerequisites EE 131 and Physics lA or IB Electrical properties of semi-conductors, PN junction diode; operation, static, dynamic and incremental models. High frequency models, switching noise. Diodes: avalance, Zener, tunnel. signal, PIN, snap, schottky, LED. Applications. Junction transistor: operation, models, charge-control. Eber's-Moll, Hybrid-IT and T. Switching, Noise. Drift transistor. Field-~ffect transistors: JFET, MOSFET, models, switching characteristics. Noise MSI, LSI techmques CMOS, VMOS, LOCMOS. Inherent limitations of solid state devices. Negative resistance devices: UJT, SCR, avalanche transistor. Operation, characteristics and applications.

The course consist mainly of lectures supplemented by laboratory demonstration and tutorial

sessions.

Text Streetman, B.G. Solid State Electronic Devices 2nd edn (Prentice-Hall)

532108 EE232 Electrical Circuits

Prerequisites Corequisite

EElli Mathematics IIA OR Mathematics liB Pt I (Topic CO)

i unit

Review of AC circuits, Elementary Circuit Topology, Nodal and Mesh Analysis. Circuit Theorems, RLC Circuits. Complex Frequency in Circuit Analysis, Poles and Zeros of Network Functions. General Frequency Response and Bode Diagrams. Fourier Series and Fouri~r Transforms. Convolutional Integral, Laplace Transform. Two Port Network and their

Parameters. The course will be evenly divided between lectures and laboratory work and will also be supplemented by some tutorial sessions.

Text Cooper, W.O.

Hayt, W.H. & Kemmerley, J.E.

Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques (Prentice-Hall)

Engineering Circuit Analysis 3rd edn (McGraw- Hill)

532113 EE262 Systematic Programming

Prerequisite Mathematics I

1 unit

An introduction to PASCAL. The case for high level programming languages. The formal definition of the syntax of high level languages. An overview and comparison of several high level languages, including FORTRAN 77, PL!I, COBOL! and Ada. comparison of compiler languages and interpretive languages. A bnef introduction to list processing languages and macrogenerators. Structured programming: its objectives and the techniques used to achieve them. M?~ular design, top-down programming, good coding style. The role of 'goto' constructs, conditional statements, looping 'case' statements. Procedures, co-routines, re-entrancy. Recursive programming. Appropriate and inappropriate

uses of recursion.

101

I

I

The course consist of lectures, tutorials and some practical work.

Tl!ltt

Grogono, P. Programming in Pascal (Addison-Wesley 1978}

5322114 EE263 Introduction to Structuring of Information Prerequisite Mathematics I

Influence of structuring of information on design of programming languages.

I unit

Data structures: lists, trees, queues, deques and stacks. Examples of and methods for implementing these structures. Storage allocation for complex data items. Scatter storage and hash addressing. Elementary string processing, and list processing.

searching and sorting. A description of several sorting algorithms and comparison of their efficiences.

The course consists of mainly lectures supplemented by tutorials. Tl!ltt

Tenenbaum, A.M. & Augenstein, M.J.

Data Structures Using Pascal (Prenice- Hall, 1981}

532116 EE264 Introduction to Computer Achitecture and Assembly Language


Number systems: representation and arithmetic.

I unit

Hardware components, processor structure, addressing modes. Assembly language. Instruction sets, pseudo ops, machine language macros, recursion, re-entry, linkers and loaders.

Lectures will be supplemented with practical assignments using PDP-II computer. Tl!ltt

Echouse, RH. & Morris, L.R. Minicomputer Systems: Organisation, Programming and Applications (PDP 11). 2nd edn (Prentice-Hall, 1979}

533201 EE313 Power Systems I unit Prerequisite EE211

Introduction, review of AC power, AC versus DC systems, circuit diagram of three-phase power systems, per unit quantities, structure of electric power systems. Resistance, inductance and capacatance of power systems and their calculation. Load flow studies and control. GaussSeidel and Newton-Raphson methods. Economic operation of power systems. Calculation of Joss coefficients, power system stability: Steady state and transient. The swing equation, equal area criterion. Step-by-step solution of the swing curve.

The course consist of lectures and tutorials. Tl!ltt

Stevenson, W.D Elements of Power Systems Analysis 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill}

533106 EE314 Electrical Machines

Prerequisites EE211 I unit

The analysis of Krons first primitive machine. The derivation of equivalent circuits for DC machines, induction machines and synchronous machines from the Kron machine. The practical DC induction and synchronous machine and its performance under steady state operation.

The course consists mainly of lectures which will be supplemented by laboratory work and tutorials.

Tl!ltt

Gourshanke, V. Electromagnetic Engergy Conversion (International Text}

102

533111 EEll 5 Power Electronics

Prerequisites EE232

The performance of circuits with switches and diodes; Techniques for the recovery of trapped energy. Analysis of single phase rectifier circuits including active loads. The model of the Thyistor and its operation. Thyristor characteristics. Controlled rectifier circuits analysis. Line, load and forced commutation principles. Polyphase rectifier and line commutated inverter systems. A.C. voltage controllers using inverse parallel connected thyristors.

Principles of the dual converter and its application to cycloconverter systems.

The course will consist solely of lectures supplemented by tutorial sessions.

533107 EE323 Linear Electronics I unit

Prerequisite EE221

Signal processing in electronic systems. Biasing requirements and techniques for BJT's and FET's. Single stage amplifier design, small signal and large signal effects. Multistage design, gain, frequency response, linearity, noise, impedance interaction. Stability and feedback. Directly coupled stages, the differential pair, frequency performance, design and cascading.

The course consists mainly of lectures which will be supplemented by tutorials.

Text Gray, P.E. & Searle, C.L. Electronic Principles (Wiley}

533108 EE324L Electronics Laboratory I unit

Prerequisite EE221. EE323 An essential practica~ course implementing the work of EE323. The laboratory exercises require the application of active circuit theory to the solution of specific problems. A strong emphasis is placed on electronic circuit design.

The course consists of laboratory work only.

Text As for EE323

533II5 EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology I unit

Prerequisites EE264, EE362 or consent of Instructor

Logic families: static and transient characteristics, interfacing, limitations and applicafions.

Digital System Interconnection: bus system, single and differential transmission, open collector, tristate, transient and static characteristics, bus control techniques.

Memory Technology. Random Logic Techniques: pipelining, ROM, PLA, encoder and multiplexer based design.

Programmed Logic: Microprogrammed and microprocessor based design, memory and 1/0 addressing. Lectures will be supplemented by laboratory sessions on a microprocessor system.

533217 EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis I unit

Note - People who have passed EE332 Electrical Circuits will not be permitted to enrol in EE333. Prerequisite EE232 Electrical Circuits Terminated two-port networks, classical filter design. Frequency transformation, modem filter design: Chebyshev, Butterworth filters. Active filters; Infinite gain multiple-feedback. general VCVS and biquad filters. Introduction to transmission systems. Telegraphers equations: lossy and lossless Jines; steady state AC analysis of Jines. Terminations and reflections. Impedance of Jines, standing wave ratio. Smith chart, matching. Pulse transients in lines. The course will consist mainly of lectures which will be supplemented by laboratory work and tutorials.

103

Text Potter, J.l. & Fich. S. Theory of Networhs and Lines (Prentice-Hall)

533213 EE341 Automatic Control (Also see ME361)

Prerequisites Mathematics IIA o~ liB I unit

An introductory course in linear control systems. Mathematical models of systems and components; differential equations and transfer functions. Simple systems of first and second order. ~nalysis of steady state performance. System stability and transient response by algebraic, root-locus and frequency response methods. Introduction to compensation techniques.

Description of components of servo-mechanisms and process control systems.

Text Fortmann. T.E. & Hitz, K.L.

or Introduction to Linear Control Systems Theory (Dekker 1977)

Cannon. R. H. Dynamics of Physical Systems (McGraw-Hilll967) or

Distefano. et a!. Feedbach and Control Systems (Schaum's Outline Series 1976)

533110 EE342 Unear System Theory I unit Prerequisite EE341 or ME361

Multivariable control systems. Frequency domain design methods. Controllability. Observability. Canonical decomposition. Minimal realisations. Pole positioning by state variable feedback. Luenburger observers. The type I servomechanism problem. Introduction to Kalman filtering. Nonlinear control systems. Popov criterion and describing functions. The course consists mainly of lectures which are supplemented by laboratory work and tutorials. Text As for EE341

533113 EE344 Communications I unit

Prerequisites EE232. Maths IIA or liB

~ntrod~ction to common forms of analog modulation as well as pulse modulation systems mcludmg pulse code modulation. Performance in the presence of noise considered.

The course consists mainly of lectures which will be supplemented by some tutorial sessions.

Text Gregg. W.O. Analog and Digital Communications: Concepts. Systems.

Applications and Services (Wiley)

533116 EE345 Digital Signal Processing I unit Prerequisite EE341 or ME361

Z-transforms; realisations of discrete time systems. steady state freqency response. Approximation and filter design. Classical frequency transformations, Butterworth and C~ebsyshev. ~ecursive design. Finite Impulse Response Filters. Classical Window design. Discrete Fourier Transforms. The Fast Fourier Transform Algorithm. Discrete Random Signals, Power Spectrum Estimation; Application of Fast Fourier Transforms to Covriance and Sectrum estimation.

The course consists mainly of lectures which will be supplemented by tutorials sessions. Text Stanley, W.O. Digital Signal Processing (Reston 1975)

104

533222 EE362 Switching Theory and Logic Design I unit

Prerequisite EE264 or consent of Instructor

Boolean algebra. combinational logic, logical circuits, minimization techniques . threshold logic. Data representation. binary arithmetic, codes, error checking and correcting. Sequential logic. flip-flops, state diagrams, state reduction, races and hazards. Logic subsystems: registers. adders, counters. convertors, coders, etc. Basic Architecture of digital computers.

Lectures will be supplemented by practical assignments on logic trainers and some tutorial sessions.

Text Nagle. Carroll & Irwin An Introduction to Computer Logic (Prentice-Hall)

533208 EE380 Project/Directed Reading

Prerequisite Students may not enrol in this subject without the permission of the Head of Department.

I unit

Private work of laboratory, literature search or theoretical nature requiring the preparation of a report. Taken under the direction of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotiated.

534107 EE41S Power Systems I unit

Prerequisites EE313 System Faults: Symmetrical and asymmetrical fault analysis techniques. Travelling waves on power systems. High voltage transmission: Design of towers and lines; insulators, strings, arc horns. surge diverters etc; corona effects. The design of high voltage cables. Protection: Use of current transformers and summation transformers; time graded systems. directional systems. Circulating current protection methods. Generator and generator transformer protection. Feeder protection. Circuit Breaker: The arc. switching of lagging and leading loads. Design of oil and air blast it breakers. Layouts for substations. The course consists mainly of lectures which are supplemented by some laboratory work and tutorial sessions.

Text Stevenson, W.D Elements of Power System Analysis 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill)

534144 EE416 Advanced Electrical Machine Theory I unit (Not offered in 1982)

Prerequisite EE314 The practical 3-phase wound rotor and squirrel cage induction machines. Single phase induction motors. Aspects of the transient performances of synchronous and induction machines. Single phase commutator motors. Linear induction machines. More advanced techniques used in winding design. The imbricated pole generator, the self cascaded alternator, and the homopolar machine.

The course consists mainly of lectures supplemented by tutorial sessions.

Text Thaler. G.J. & Wilcox, M.L. Electric Machines (Wiley)

534146 EE417 Variable Speed Drive Systems I unit

Prerequisite EE315

105

The design and analysis of d.c.-d.c. converters and their application to the control of d.c. machines. The design and analysis of square wave, quasi-square wave and P.W.M. inverters and their application to the speed control of a.c. machines.

Performance evaluation of induction motors and synchronous machines in variable frequency systems. Control strategies for variable speed drive systems.

534109 EE421 Electronic Design A

Prerequisite EE323

I unit

Integrated Electronic circuits and techniques, Operational amplifiers: design, characteristics and applications. Power stages: design, characteristics and protection, Electromagnetic Interference and Shielding, Electronic wiring and supply distribution.

The course consist of lectures and laboratory work.

Text Gray, P.R. & Meyer, R.G. Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits (Wiley)

534110 EE422 Electronic Design B

Prerequisite EE323

High frequency circuit layout and interconnections.

Broadband amplifier design, video amplifiers.

I unit

Bandpass amplifier design; neutralization, unilateralization, limiting action, a.g.c .. stagger tuned stages, double tuned.

Oscillators. V.C.O. and applications.

Balanced modulator and applications.

High-speed digital circuits and interconnections.

The course consists of lectures and laboratory work evenly divided.

Text As for EE421

534147 EE426 Advanced Digital Systems

Prerequisite EE325

I unit

Approaches to Digital System Design, Memory Hardware and Organization, Busing, Arbitration and application to Multiprocessing.

Microprocessor systems including sliced and non-sliced systems; Reliability, Diagnosis, Fault Tolerant System.

534132 EE443 Optimization Techniques I unit

(Not offered in 1982)

534141 EE446 linear Optimal Control I unit


534134 EEA47 Digital Communications I unit

Prerequisite EE344 or Consent of Instructor

Pulse modulation schemes, including pulse code modullation, multiplexing, matched filters.

The course consists mainly of lectures supplemented by tutorial sessions.

Text As for EE344

106

534148 EE451 Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas

Ph221 & Mathematics liB

1 unit

Prerequisite Revision of Maxwell's equations. Solutions in various media, reflection, polarization. Poyntings power flow theorem. Attenuation and surface impedance. Free space and guided wave propagation including coaxial. waveguide and strip line

configurations. Electromagnetic sources and potential functions, radiation and elementary antenna theory. Techniques for obtaining the surface current distribution _on an arb_itrary antenna by analyttc and computational methods. Solutions of the potential equations, near and far fteld

distributions. Characteristics of common antenna configurations including primary source wire antennas. antenna arrays and secondary source antennas.

Ground wave and ionospheric propagation.

Text Ramo, S et a!. Fields and Waves in Communication Electronics

534145 EE462 Topics in Switching Theory I unit


Prerequisites EE362 or Consent of Instructor complete set of logic primitives, strong and wea~ co~plete sets .. Post's theorem. Equi~alence classes of functions. Decomposition. Cellularreahzatwn of combmatlonal and sequentlallogtc functions. Universal Logic Modules. Finite and infinite cellular arrays and thetr testmg.

Programmable cellular logic.

534124 EE463 Computer Operating Systems I unit

Prerequisites EE264. Topic ML or Consent of Instructor

Views of an operating system. Multiprogramming, interacting concurrent processes. process control primitives. Processor management, memory management, name management,

Protection. The course consists mainly of lectures supplemented by tutorial sessions.

Text Lister. A.M.

Fundamentals of Operatins Systems (2nd edn (Macmillan 1979)

534143 EE464 Compiler Construction 1 unit

EE264 or Topic ML Prerequisite The design of assemblers. Introduction to the theory of grammars, parsing techniques. Construction of compilers, object code generation. Construction of interpreters.

The course consists mainly of lectures and assignments on computer.

Text Aho. A. V. & Ullman. J. D. · Principles of Compiler Design (Addison-Wesley 1977)

3 units 534102 EE480 Project/Directed Reading Topics to be arranged in the field of interest during early part of first term. Full-time students are normally required to undertake a project.

534106 EE481 Project/Directed Reading Supplementary to EE480

107

2 units

534101 EE491 Seminar I unit

Supplementary to EE480

Talks on various topics of general interest in engineering.

EE480 and EE491 are taken together.

Ust of EE500·600 Subjects

(a) It Is proposed to offer the following EESOO subjects in 1982 subject to adequate enrolments.

530107 EE516 Advanced Power Systems I unit


Prerequisite EE313 Steady state analysis. AC, DC load flow. Solution/algorithms. Economic dispatch. Dynamic and transient stability. Use of Lyapunov functions. Dynamic equivalents. Automatic generation control. Security enhancement and emergency state control. Introduction to power system planning. Probabilistic models and reliability assessment.

530105 EE517 Variable Speed Drive Systems

As for EE417 with additional material.

530142 EE526 Advanced Digital Systems


530129 EE547 Digital Communications


530143 EE551 Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas

As for EE451 with additional materials on microwave devices including lasers. masers and T.W.T.'s.

530117 EE563 Computer Operating Systems


530136 EE564 Compiler Construction


530125 EE567 Computer Process Control

I unit

I unit

I unit

I unit

I unit

I unit

I unit

Linear Discreet Dynamic Systems. Z·transforrns, Digital Filtering, Sample Data Systems, Classical Approaches to Digital Control System design, State-Space Design Techniques, Quantization Techniques, Multivariable & Optimal Control, Adaptive Control.

Text Franklin, G. F. & Digital Control of Dynamic Systems (Addison-Wesley 1980)

Powell, J. D.

530135 EE580 Project 2 units



108


Seminar I unit

530137 EE591


Seminar I unit

530140 EE593

A series of seminars for full-time postgraduate students who each will prepare approximately one seminar per semester on a technical or theoretical subject. Each student will also attend

EE491 seminars.

(b) The following subjects will not be offered in 1982.

Sample Data Control Systems (Digital Signal Processing) I unit 530127 EE541

Modem Control (Nonlinear Optimal Control Theory) I unit 530102 EE542

Optimization Techniques 1 unit

530120 EE543

Communication Systems I unit 530123 EE545

Modem Control (linear Optimal Control Theory) I unit 530128 EE546

Advanced Topics in Communication Systems 1 unit 530130 EE552

Topics in Switching Theory I unit

530141 EE562

Pattern Recognition I unit

530108 EE565

Automata and Computing Machines I unit 530119 EE566

Advanced Computer Architecture I unit 530121 EE568

Formal Languages and Automata 1 unit 530122 EE569

Multivariable Control Systems I unit 530133 EE641

Stochastic Control I unit

530134 EE642

109

I

Inter· Departmental Subjects

501101 GE112 Introduction to Engineering Design Philosophy and fundamentals of engineering design. Texts

I unit

Krick, E. V.

Austmlian Standard Engineering Drawing Practice CZI 1976(Inst. of Engineers Australia)

An Introduction to Engineering and Engineering Design (John Wiley & Sons Inc.)

501102 GEl 51 Introduction to Materials Science I unit The course provides a general introduction to materials of engineering significance and to the relationships which exist between structures, properties and applications. The detailed treatment of various aspects is left to the latter stages of the degree programme.

The following sections are given approximately equal amounts of time and emphasis:

Atomic bonding; atomic arrangements in metals, glasses and polymers; the effects of stress and temperature on simple metals; the control of metallic structures by composition and thermal treatments; common metals of engineering importance; the structures and properties of ceramics and cement products.

Polymer~, rubbers an_d woods; engineering applications for polymers; the mechanical testing of matenals; composite matenal; the fundamentals of corrosion and practical considerations; the electrical, magnetic, optical and thermal properties of solid materials. Text

Flinn, R. A. & Trojan, P. K. Engineering Materials and Their Applications (Houghton Mifflin 1975)

501103 GE204 Engineering Computations 1 I unit


This course is concerned with computer programming, with particular emphasis on programming style. The use of terminals, files and editing techniques will be covered. Also some aspects of computer hardware and data handling will be considered. Some numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming. These will include solution of single non-linear equations, interpolation and integration. Text Browne, L. W. B. A Fortran Primf'T

or

Carnahan, B., Luther, H.A. & Applied Numerical Methods (Wiley 1969) Wilkes, J. 0.

501104 GE205 Engineering Computations II Prerequisite GE204

I unit

This course is concerned with developing a student's ability to write computer programmes that use numerical analysis techniques to solve problems in the engineering field. some discussion of the theories behind the numerical analysis techniques is given but the main emphasis is on computing.

The programming work of Engineering Computations I is extended to include some advanced ~ortr~ programming techniques, the use of graph-plotting routines and the use of computer libraries such as the NAG library. Emphasis is placed on curve fitting to well-ordered data and to ex~erimental ~ata and the differentiation and integration of such data. Systems of equations, both linear and non-linear are considered. Other material covered includes solution of ordinary differential equations and partial differential equations.

110

Text Shoup, T. E.

or Carnahan, B., Luther, H. A. &

Wilkes, J. 0.

A Practical Guide to Computer Methods for Engineers (Prentice· Hall 1979)

Applied Numerical Methods (Wiley 1969)

501105 GEJOI Technology and Human Values I 2 units

A course of lectures and discussions focusing on the ethical. spiritual. social, political and economic issues that arise in technological decisions. The course is presented in two parallel strands of I y2 hours per week each. Strand A is based on an examination of Australian energy policy. This example of decision making is used to develop an awareness of (i) how non· technical dimensions enter decisions and (ii) a systematic approach to public policy making. Strand B complements Strand A by introducing a range of additional topics which broaden the horizon of consideration and deepen the treatment of specific features of decision making.

The Poverty of Power (Bantam 1977) Energy and People (Soc.Soc.Resp.Sci.)

Texts (Strand A) Commoner, B. Diesendorf, M. (ed.) Hooker, C. A. et a!. Saddler, H.

Energy and the Quality of Life (U. of Toronto Press 1981) Energy in Australia (Geo. Allen and Unwin 1981)

Texts (Strand B) Brown, L. R. Schumacher, E. F. Teich, A. H. (ed.)

The Twenty Ninth Day (W. W. Norton 1978) Small is Beautiful (Abacus 1974) Technology and Man·s Future (St. Martin's Press 1977)

501106 G£302 Technology and Human Values II 2 units

Pre· or Corequistte Technology and Human Values I

A team projec• on the role of technical and value factors in technological decision making.

Students will form small teams under staff leadership for a year-long intensive study of a specific example of technological decision making. The aim is to provide a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the interaction between technical and value factors in the decision. Each team will produce a report of a quality aimed at management/ministerial discussion. Evaluation will be by the Team Report plus staff leader's/team's assessment of individual contributions. Example projects are Nuclear Electric Power for Australia?, A Study of Technology Assessment. A wider variety of projects can be undertaken, selection by teams will occur during the first two weeks of term.

523202 G£350 Seminar I unit

A series of seminars and discussions on topics chosen by students within a general theme which will vary from year to year. The purpose of the course is to explore some of the problems in modern society and the role technology plays in it. At the same time. students obtain some training in the skills of formal communication.

504101 GE471 Energy 1 unit


Prerequisites Physics lA or IB, EM2CO

History, distribution and forecasts of energy usage.

Overview of energy transformations and the applicability of the laws of thermodynamics in· energy conversion. Energy release from fundamental processes related to nuclear, solar, chemical, thermal, electrical and mechanical forms of energy.

Environmental aspects of energy usage and control of thermal. audio, gas and other forms of pollution.

111

I I

504102 G£472 Energy l unit

(Not offered in 1982) Prerequisites Physics lA or IB. EM2CO Energy conversion technology:-

Conversion Efficiencies and technical and economic constraints. Current technology - steam plants, combustion engines and tu b. 1 hydro-electric plants etc. r mes. nuc ear reactors.

Possible future technology - solar power, m h d, fusion, fuel cells, the hydrogen total energy etc. economy,

Energy management:-

Planning ?f systems, increase in efficiency of usage, choice of energy sources and energ conservation. y

500101 GESOl Air Pollution Studies I Content to be advised.

l unit

Mechanical Enl!ineering Subjects

541302 541303 541304 541305

ME092) ~::! Industrial Experience 1 unit each

ME095

These subject units are designed to formalise periods o( Industrial Experience gained by parttime students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students who wish to study any or all of the Industrial Experience units ME092-095 will be required to attend nominated lecture and tutorial periods which will deal with working and professional environments, essentials of communication and report writing. In addition, each student will be required to present a seminar relating to aspects of his experience and to report to his industrial experience tutor twice per term. Some assignments relating to employment and experience will be set. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of his engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be used by students in lieu of electives. (See Section 3, Part I(d)(v) and Part III(g) of this Handbook).

~!!~~ ~:~ } Industrial Experience 2 units each

As above except that each of ME097-8 is the equivalent of two units. These Industrial Experience units are available to sandwich course students only and are designed to cover Industrial Experience gained over two years.

541104 MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing l unit

A study in communication and analysis by pictorial means. Methods of projection covering orthagonal projection points, lines, planes and solids; lengths of lines, angles and intersection between lines, planes and contoured surfaces; orthographic projection, dimensioning and sectioning; isometric projection; prospective projection. Texts Levens, A. S. Graphics. Analysis & Conceptual Design (John Wiley & Sons)

Australian Standard Engineering Drawing Practice CZI 1976 (Inst. of Engineers, Australia)

541201 ME12l Workshop Practice l unit A study of basic methods and processes used in the engineering trades with instruction, practice and assignments related to fitting and machining, welding processes, boilermaking and steel fabrication, and the engineering inventory of materials and components. Text Tech. Education Trade Technology Notes

541103 MElli Dynamics I unit

Basic concepts for the study of motion: length, time, force and mass; Newton's law of motion; law of friction; systems of units. Motion of point masses, rigid bodies and connected bodies in straight or curved paths and in simple rotation.· Relative motion using translating reference frames. General plane motion of rigid bodies. Momentum and impulse. both linear and angular, related to point masses and rigid bodies. Energy and the conservation principle applied to mechanical work. strain energy, kinetic energy, friction losses, for particles and rigid bodies. In addition to lectures, the course includes weekly tutorials devoted to the solution of problems in Dynamics. Text Meriam, J. L. Engineering Mechanics. Vol. 2- Dynamics, SI Version (Wiley

International Student Edition 1980)

113

1:

I

542206 MF201 Experimental Methods 1 1 unit Prerequisites Mathematics I and Physics lA or IB

Fundamental units and quantities are discussed as well as the means by which they are measured. Variability in measured data is described and an introduction to error analysis is given. The importance of a correct interpretation of experimental data is emphasised, and simple examples of regression analysis are explained.

Basic methods using mechanical, optical or electrical systems or some combination of these, which are used for the measurement of length, strain. area, pressure, temperature, force. torque, fluid flow, vibration, acceleration and other physical properties, are described. Selected laboratory experiments are also provided.

Text Holman, J. P. Experimental Methods for Engineers (McGraw-Hill 1966)

542104 MF202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems 1 unit Prerequisites Mathematics I. ME131, CElli

System Classification - Lumped parameter and distributed systems; discrete systems. Examples commonly occurring in engineering problems.

Linear Graph Analysis and Network Analysis; Block diagrams.

Circuit diagrams for mechanical systems- "through" and "across" variables; equilibrium and compatibility analysis; system modelling; system function. Concept of "state"; free and forced response; stability.

Classical time domain analysis; frequency domain analysis of linear lumped and continuous systems.

Text Cannon. R. H. Dynamics of Physical Systems (McGraw-Hill 1967)

542207 MF203 Experimental Methods II 1 unit Prerequisite ME20 I

Selected engineering experiments designed to extend the concepts of experimental procedures and to complement formal subject matter in the course.

542208 MF212 Engineering Design I 1 unit

Prerequisites MEI21, MElli, ME214 or CE212, CElli, Maths I, GEII2

Design procedures for mechanical components. Load estimation. Typical allowable stress and factor of safety values. Stress calculations. Detail considerations of the design of shafts, bearings, couplings, bolted joints, welded connections, wall brackets, eccentric connections, levers, flat and vee belt drives and springs. Horsepower calculations for straight and helical spur gear reductions.

Text Spotts Design of Machine Elements 5th edn (Prentice-Halll978)

542105 MF214 Mechanics of Solids I 1 unit Prerequisites Maths I. MElli, ME131, CElli, GE112 Uniaxial loading, states of stress and strain, stress and strain relationships; internal forces, internal stresses, deflexion of beams, torsion, buckling. Text Beer, F. P. & Johnston, E. R. Mechanics of Materials (McGraw-Hill 1981)

114

542209 MF223 Engineering Technology 1 unit Materials and processes in manufacturing. Casting processes. Metal forming processes. Metal cutting processes. Fabrication processes. Numerical Control. Dimensional accuracy and surface finish. Technology of machine tools. Jigs and fixtures. Assembly methods. Material handling and workshop layout.

Texts Campbell, J. S. DeGarmo. E. P.

Processes and Materials in Manufacturing (Wiley) Materials Processes in Manufacturing (Macmillan)

542305 MF232 Dynamics of Machines I 1 unit

Prerequisites Maths I. MEI31, MElli. CElli, GEI12

Description of plane and three-dimensional motion of particles in inertial. translating and rotating reference frames. Kinematics of plane mechanisms. General three-dimensional motion of systems of particles and rigid bodies.

Text Merian, J. L. Engineering Mechanics. Vol. 2 Dynamics; SI Version (Wiley

International Student Edition 1980)

542106 MF241 Properties of Materials I I unit Prerequisites Maths I. MElli, GEII2, CElli

Dislocations and their interaction, theoretical strength anomaly, phase diagrams. mechanisms of solidification, microstructural analysis. grain size, non-equilibrium microstructures, age hardening, quenching and tempering, TIT diagrams, characterisation of pearlite, bainite and martensite, metallurgy of iron and steel and aluminium and alloys. welding. surface hardening, deep hardening, recrystallisation, hot working, work hardening, corrosion.

Text Rollason, E. c. Metallurgy for Engineers 4th edn (Arnold)

542210 MF251 Fluid Mechanics I

Prerequisites Maths I. Physics lA or IB I unit

Fluid properties and definitions. Fluid statics:- forces on surfacers, buoyant forces, stability of floating and submerged bodies. Types of flow, continuity equation, Euler's and Bernoulli equations. energy equation, linear and angular momentum applications. Introduction to dimensional analysis. Viscous effects, fluid resistance, laminar and turbulent flow in pipes and conduits. Fluid measurement. Text Streeter. V. L. & W)'lie, E. B. Fluid Mechanics 7th edn (McGraw-Hill 1979)

542205 MF271 Thermodynamics I 1 unit Prerequisites Maths I. Physics lA or IB

Fundamental thermodynamic concepts, first and second laws and corollaries. Reversible and irreversible processes. Properties of perfect gases, liquids and vapours.

Calculations of property changes and energy flows for non-flow, steady flow and unsteady flow processes using various working substances.

Examination of various energy conversion systems as examples of the above calculations -Carnot cyles, Rankine cycle, reheat cycle, regenerative feed heating, Otto cycle, Diesel and mixed cycles, Stirling and Ericsson cycles, gas turbine cycles, refrigeration cycles.

Introduction to combustion processes.

115

Texts Haywood, R. W. Ihennodynamic Tables in S I (Metric) Units (Cambridge U.P.

1972) Rogers G. F. C. & Mahew, R. Engineering Ihennodynamics Work and Heat Transfer. S I Units

(Longmans 1972)

543104 ME.l02 Experimental Methods III I unit Selected engineering laboratory experiments designed to extend the concepts of experimental procedures and to complement formal subject matter in the course.

543105 ME.ll2 Engineering Design II I unit Prerequisite ME212

The design of brakes, clutches, gear box reduction units and power screws for industrial applications. Modern developments in this area will be discussed.

Text As for ME212

543106 ME.lll Engineering Design III I unit

Prerequisites ME312, ME214, ME232, Maths I

Industrial design; manufacturing techniques; optimisation; decision making, fatigue; fracture; welding technology; bearings; hydraulics.

Text As for ME212

543107 ME.l33 Dynamics of Machines II

Prerequisites ME202, ME232, EM2CO, EM2BD, EM2H

Kinematics and dynamics of radial cams and toothed gearing. Balancing of machinery.

Vibrations - Review of one degree of freedom systems.

Multi degree·of·freedom systems. Vibrations of continuous systems. Text

1 unit

Mabie, H. & Ocvirk, F. Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery SI Version 3rd edn (Wiley)

543108 ME.l42 Properties of Materials II 1 unit

Prerequisite ME241

Cartesian tensor notation; Dynamics of macromolecules; General constitutive theories; Network models for rubber· like solids; Composite materials; Dynamic and non-isothermal behaviour of rubber-like materials; Time-temperature superposition principle; Elastic fracture mechanics; Elastic plastic fracture mechanics.

Texts Christensen, R. M. Rolfe & Barson Treloar, L. R G.

Theory of Viscoelasticity - An Introduction (Academic 1971) Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures (Prentice· Hall 1977) The Physics of Rubber Elasticity 2nd edn (Oxford U.P. 1958)

543109 ME.l43 Mechanics of Solids II 1 unit

Prerequisites CE212 or ME214 Theories of stress, strain and elasticity. Formulation of problems in elasticity. Statically indeterminate beam problems. Shear centre. Torsion of prismatic bars- membrane analogy, torsion of thin-walled sections. Strain energy methods of analysis. Plane stress and plane strain problems. Unsymmetric bending, curved beams, thick cylinders, instability problems.

116

543110 ME.l52 Fluid Mechanics II 1 unit Prerequisite ME251

Kinematics of Fluids. Elements of the Dynamics of Incompressible Fluids. Similarity and the application of dimensional analysis. Lubrication. Fluid-dynamic stability. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers, jets, wakes. Pumps and Turbines.

543204 ME.l61 Automatic Control I unit Prerequisites ME202, EM2CO, EM2BD

An introductory course in linear control systems. Mathematical models of systems and components; differential equations and transfer functions. Simple systems of first and second order. Analysis of steady state performance. System stability and transient response by algebraic, root·locus and frequency response methods. Introduction to compensation techniques.

·Description of components of servo· mechanisms and process control systems. Texts Fortmann, T. E. & Hitz, K. L. Introduction to Linear Control Systems Theory (Dekker 1977)

or Dynamics of Physical Systems (McGraw-Hill 1967) Cannon, R. H.

or Distefano, et a!. Feedback and Control Systems (Schaum's Outline Series 1976)

543202 ME.l72 Heat Transfer 1 unit Prerequisite EM2CO, EM2BD, EM2H

Conduction; steady and unsteady, one and two dimensional, with and without internal heat> generation and including convection boundaries. Numerical and analogue solutions.

Convestion; laminar and turbulent. Analytical and emperical solutions. Analogy between momentum and heat transfer.

Radiation: development of radiation networks. Exchange between transmitting, reflecting and abosrbing surfaces. Combined modes of heat transfer in heat exchanges.

Text Bayley, J. F. eta!. Heat Transfer (Thomas Nelson 1972)

543111 ME.l73 Thermodynamics II

Prerequisite ME271 I unit

First and second law analysis of processes and cycles. Advanced analysis of steam power plants, gas turbine systems and refrigeration plants. Air· vapour mixtures, psychometry, air· conditioning systems. Reactive mixtures: equilibrium equations, first law analysis, equilibrium constants. Direct energy conversion systems.

Texts As for ME27 I Thermodynamics I

543501 ME.l81 Methods Engineering I unit Prerequisites Maths I. ME223

The integration of man, machines and materials to achieve maximum efficiency of operation. The critical questioning attitude. Charting methods. Work study. Ergonomics. Activity sampling. Case studies.

.'Text Niebel, B. W. Motion and Time Study (Irwin)

or Stevenson, M. G. Methods Engineering (N.S.W. Univ. Press)

117

543502 ME383 Quality Engineering I unit

Prerequisites ME223, EM2CO, EM2BD, EM2H

Concepts of quality. Sampling plans. Inspection by attributes, by measurement. Operating characteristic curves, control charts. Design of experiments. Analysis of variance.

543503 ME384 Design for Production I unit

Prerequisite ME312, ME223

The application of economics, methods engineering, ergonomics and mechanical engineering to the development and design of products. Production, distribution and marketing of engineering products. Production, assembly and inspection methods in relation to scale of output. Principles of metrology and tool. jig and fixture design.

54445I MF40I Systems Analysis I unit

Prerequisite ME36I

System concepts and system classification. Mathematical modelling. Deterministic and probabilistic models, Stochastic models. Deterministic systems - Linear Graphy theory and Network. Analysis; Classical time and frequency domain analysis of continuous and discrete systems; Matrix methods in systems modelling and analysis. Stochastic Processes - Random .data and signal analysis; Response of systems to random excitation; Systems identification.

Texts Schwarzenbach, J. &

Gill, K. F. Berdat, J. S. & Piersol, A. G.

Systems Modelling and Control

Measurement and Analysis Random Data

5444~7 M£404 Mathematical Programming I

Prerequisites EM2CO, EM2BD

I unit

Introduction to static optimization problems. Linear programming and its applications; the Simplex algorithm and its revised form; duality theory; sensitivity analysis. Transporation and assignment problems. Some problems involving networks: shortest paths and maximal flows. Introduction to linear programmes in integers.

Text Murty, K. G. Linear and Combinatorial Programming (Wiley 1976)

544462 M£405 Advanced Engineering Computations I unit

Prerequisite ME30 I or ME204 Variable formats, relational and logical expressions, complex algebra, multiple entry and return points for subroutine and function segments, use of disc and magnetic tape files, compounding of programmes from segments stored in separate files, direct access files and backing stores, dump and overlay programs for large jobs, use of library subroutines for a number of problems, e.g. matrice manipulations.

Some advanced computing techniques. For example:-'(a) The Nachtsheim·Swigert iteration scheme for solving end value differential equations. (b) Use of "out· of-core" solver of large sets of banded equations using Gauss elimination.

Introductions to the solution of heat, mass and momentum transfer problems using:-(a) The marker and cell finite difference technique. (b) Finite element techniques.

Text Extended Fortran - ICL Technical Publication No. 4269 (ICL

1971)

118

544453 M£407 Environmental Engineering I unit

Pr · 't Completed Year II of Course ~~e I

Physical and chemical interaction of air pollutants on the local .and global seal~ ~eteor~~~~f atmospheric diffusion models and ambient measurements of au pollutants an e con exhausts from mobile and stationary sources.

Text Perkin, H. C. Air Pollution (McGraw-Hill 1974)

I unit 544424 M£409 Introduction to Noise Pollution Control . .

Introduction to problems of community noise, industrial noise a~d ~m~~~n~0~~':~i~: Behaviom of sound waves. Noise levels. Noise measurement. Cntena building and vehicle noise standards.

Text Noise and Vibration Control (McGraw-Hill1971) Beranek. L. L.

I unit 544426 ME410 Advanced Design Concepts I . . The application of system analysis principles to the solution of problems as~~~:~~;!~i~~ design of mechanisms. Formalising of the design process. Co~puter approac design applications. The optimum design of typical mechamcal components.

544425 ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems Analysis and Design I unit

Prerequisite ME313 Princi les of granular mechanics. Flow patterns and charatceristics. Str~ngth and flo: f~! prope~ies of bulk solids in relation to hopper design. Analysis and des1gn of hopper "mass" flow and "funnel" flow conditions. Bin wall pressures. Design features and performance characte~stics of conveyors and handling systems. Introduction to the optimum design of handlmg systems.

Text C M L A G & Bulh Solids: Storage. Flow and Handling_ (The Univ. of Newcastle AmRolbd, P. A., We ean, . . Research Associates i..td. (TUNRA) 1979)

o erts, . .

544419 ME434 Advanced Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines I unit

Prerequisite ME333 Dynamic Motion Analysis, energy distribution method, equivalent mass-and-force method,

the rate-of-exchange-of-energy method. . . . Advanced Kinematics of Plane Motion, the inflection circle, Euler-Savary equatiOn, Bobilher's

construction, Hartmann's construction. Introduction to Synthesis, graphical and analytical methods.

Text Hirschhorn, J.

Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Motion (McGraw-Hill)

544401 ME444 Properties of Materials I unit

Prerequisite ME342 . . unuous fibre composite, dis-

composite Materials, theory of fibre reinforcement, con f f 'I fracture toughness of composite continuous fibre composites, mechanisms o a1 ure,

materials.

119

544402 MEA45 Mechanics of Solids I unit

Prerequisite ME343 An introduction to the· theory of plates and shells with extensions to thick pressure vessels and creep effects.

Application of numerical (approximate) methods.

544416 M£448 An Introduction to Photomechanics I unit

Prerequisites ME342/3 Concepts of bi-refringence. Polarized light-plane, circular and elliptical polarization. Fundamentals of photoelastic method - stress-optic law in two dimensions. Isochromatics, isocllnics, isopachics- fundamental equations for linear and non-linear model materials.

Model analysis for two or three dimensional problems which may involve static, dynamic or thermal loading conditions.

Calibration of material and solution of disc problem.

544418 MEA49 Reliability Analysis for Mechanical Systems I unit

Prerequisites ME313, EM2CO, EM2BD, EM2H

Some important probability concepts. Fundamental concepts of the theory of reliability. Some quantitative aspects of reliability. Component reliability and reliability of assemblies of components, gradual and sudden failure. Matrix formulation of problems. Spectral method for calculation of reliability. Basic concepts of systems. Reliability analysis of systems. Methods for improving the reliability of systems. Cost-benefit analysis.

Reliability case studies. Automobile suspension, ignition systems. Measuring system.

Text Shooman, M. L. Probabilistic Reliability. An Engineering Approach (McGraw-Hill

1968)

544411 ME453 Auld Mechanics

Prerequisite ME35 2

Lectures and laboratory work dealing with a selection from the following topics:Cavitation studies.

Topics in turbomachinery. One-dimensional compressible flow.

Turbulent shear flows in both the laboratory and atmosphere.

544412 ME473 Thennodynamics

Prerequisite ME373

I unit

I unit

Thermodynamic relations; the Maxwell relations; general equations for enthalpy, internal energy and entropy; compressibility factor; equations of state; generalised charts for enthalpy and entropy. Availability concepts and applications. Thermodynamics of irreversible processes. Applications of statistical thermodynamics. Direct energy conversion. Text Holman, J.P. Thermodynamics (McGraw-Hill1969)

544413 ME474 Heat Transfer I unit Prerequisite ME372

Development of the general forms of the continuity, momentum and energy equations. Application of these equations to a range of convection heat transfer problems. Advanced oonduction and radiation heat transfer. Heat transfer with change of phase.

120-

Text Karlekar, B. V. &

Desmond, R. M. Engineering Heat Transfer (West Publishing Company 1977)

544423 ME476 Developments in the Use of Solar Energy I unit

Prerequisites ME372 and ME373 Solar radiation- outer atmosphere values and depletion by the earth's atmosphere. Diffuse radiation. Energy balance between earth and atmosphere. Flat·plate and concentrating solar collectors. Solar engines, refrigeration and air-conditioning. Solar still, water heaters and furnaces. Direct conversion. Photosynthesis.

Text Kreith, F. & Kreider, J. F. Principles of Solar Engineering (McGraw· Hill 1978)

544101 ME481 Engineering Administration I unit

Prerequisite Maths I The nature and function of an industrial enterprise. Theories of organisation. Behavioural aspects of work. Production management.

544433 ME482 Engineering Economics I I unit

Prerequisite Maths I Elementary accounting concepts. Time value of money, interest formulae. Comparison of alternatives, annual and present equivalent rate of return. Depreciation and income tax effects. Projects financed from public funds. Replacement and retirement economics. Capital budgeting.

Text Smith, G. W. Engineering Economy: Analysis of Capital Expenditures 3rd edn

lJowa State U.P. 1979)

544463 ME483 Production Engineering I unit

Prerequisites Maths I, ME301.ME204 Production systems; job shop, line production, group technology; computer aided manufacture, numerically controlled systems; materials handling. Production scheduling and sequencing. Computer algorithms for scheduling and sequencing problems.

544464 MFA84 Engineering Economics II I unit

Prerequisite ME482 Accounting concepts, use of accounting data in decision making. Utility, risk and uncertainty. Expansion and economic package concepts. Capital expenditure programming. Effects of inflation. Application of mathematical programming to economic problems.

Text Smith, G. W. Engineering Economy: Analysis of Capital Expenditures 3rd edn

(Iowa State U.P. 1979)

544841 MFA87 Operations Research- Deterministic Models I unit

Prerequisite EM2CO, EM2BD, EM2H Concept of optimisation; Optimisation approaches; Formulation of Models; Linear Programming; Allocation and assignment; Simplex Method; Duality; Theory of Games, Parametric Programming; Decomposition principle. Network theory; Dynamic Programming. Geometric Programming. Applications.

121

Texts

Ackoff. R. L. & Sasieni, M. W. Fundamentals of Operations Research (Wiley) or

Taha, H. A. or

Operations Research (Macmillan)

Wagner, H. M. Principles of Operations Research (Prentice-Hall)

544842 ME488 Operations Research - Probabilistic Models 1 unit Prerequisites EM2CO, EM2BD, EM2H

Statistical decision theory; Forecasting, methods moving average exponentially smoothed average. Inventory control theory. Fixed order quantity; fixed order cycle systems; Production - inventory systems. Queueing theory; simple queue Multi-server queues. Queues in series. Transients in queues; simulation of systems. Applications.

Text As for ME487

544465 ME492 Special Topic

In 1982 it is proposed to offer the Special Topic as follows: I unit

Engineering Aspects of Biomedical Science

An introduction to the bioengineering problems related to the human body. The course has been prepared along the following four topics:

(I) Human locomotion and anatomy of limbs.

(2) Properties and mechanics of bone fracture.

(3) The design of human total-joint replacement.

(4) Implant materials, their compatibility and the present trend of research.

544203 ME496 Project/Seminar 4 units

Usually consts of literature survey and review, analytical and/or experimental investigation into a mechanical or industrial engineering problem. Presentation of seminars. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required. Invited guest seminars.

See Head of Department for further details.

540137 ME503 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research Prerequisites EM2CO, EM2BD, EM2H

l unit

A systematic approach to the analysis and design of experiments and the interpretation of experimental results. The course has been divided into three approximately equal parts as follows:-

(I) Statistical methods for the design and evaluation of experiments.

(2) Model analysis, use of true and distorted models as well as analogues. Use of dimensional analysis.

(3) Methods of measurement, mechanical, optical, electrical and electronic instrumentation. Recording techniques and data processing. Use of computers. Planning of computer laboratory operations.

540126 MES05 Systems Analysis, Organisation and Control Prerequisites ME301 or ME204

l unit

Types of systems, physical and organisational. Mathematical modelling and system simulation. System performance criteria. Concepts of Optimisation. Application of systems techniques of organisational analysis and design. Examples of industrial and business systems.

122

540127 ME508 Air Pollution Studies II I unit Note - Students who have previously completed ME407 may not enrol in this subject.

Atmospheric diffusion models and physico-chemical interactions on _the local and global scale. Ambient measurement and control of exhausts from motor vehicles.

Text Seinfeld. J. H. Air Pollution - Physical and Chemical Fundamentals (McGraw

Hill 1975)

540128 MESil Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis 2 units

An introduction to the experimental and theoretical analysis of co~plex compo~en~s with emphasis on the use of computer techniques. Theoretical and_ expenmental apph~ations of the use of strain gauge, photoelastic and modelling methods Will be covered. Certam aspects of simulation techniques will also be given.

540129 ME515 Advanced Design Concepts II I unit Prerequisite ME41 0

The application of system analysis principles to the solution of problems associated with the design of mechanisms. Formalising of the desi~n proces~. ~~ndamental concepts of reliability. Reliability analysis. Methods of improvmg the rehab1hty of sys~ems. Comp~ter programming for mechanical design applications. The optimum design of typical mechamcal components. (This subject continues on from ME410).

540138 ME517 Materials Handling and Transportation Systems I unit Prerequisite ME419

Further studies in bulk solids handling. Analysis and optimization of materials ha~dling and transportation systems. Examination of technical characteristics and economic factors involved in various types of transport systems. Examples consi~ered will be se~ected from various types of conveyor systems. pipeline systems (pneumatic and hydraulic~ .. capsul_e systems, road. rail and sea transport systems. Other studies may include stockpilmg, umt handling, packaging and cargo systems.

Texts Arnold, P. C., McLean, A. G. &

Roberts, A. W. Roberts, A. W. & Hayes, J. W.

Rademacher, F. J. C.

Bulh Solids: Storage. Flow and Handling (TUNRA 1979) ISBN 0 7259 03031

Economic Analysis in the Optimum Design of Conveyors (TUNRA 1979) ISBN 0 7259 0340 6

Feeders and Vibratory Conveyors (TUNRA 1979) ISBN 0 7259 0352 X

540130 ME535 Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry l unit

Prerequisite ME409 . A systematic study of both noise and vibration problems which are of common occurrence m industrial plants and structures. It is divided into: (i) Fundamentals underlying noise control. Criteria for noise and vibration control.

Practical noise control. (This section continues on from ME409). (ii) Vibration measurement and analysis. Vibration control: shock and vibration isolation in

machines and vehicles. Effects of shock and vibration on structures.

Texts Anderson, R. A. Beranek, L. L.

Fundamentals of Vibrations (Macmillan) Noise and Vibration Control (McGraw- Hill 1971)

123

540141 MESS3 Turbulent Flows I unit

Prerequisites ME352 or equivalent

Review of physics of turbulence and some of its engineering applications. Governing equations and interpretation. Phenomenological theories. Vorticity dynamics. Statistical and structural descriptions. Spectral and correlation theories. Wall-bounded and free turbulent shear flows. Turbulence research trends.

Text Tennekes, H. & Lumley, J. L. A First Course in Turbulence (M.I.T. Press 1972)

540131 MES54 Computation of Fluid Flows and Heat Transfer l unit Prerequisites ME301, ME352, ME372, or their equivalents

Governing equations in primary and secondary variables.

Coordinate transformations.

Discretisation of the equations.

Solution algorithms for the dicretised equations.

Examples from the marker-and-cell technique, Patankar-Spalding, Cebeci-Smith, BradshawFerriss, Wilcox-'Edybul' programs.

540132 MES81 Mathematical Programming II I unit Prerequisites ME404 or equivalent

An introduction to non-linear optimization problems. Dynamic programming and its application to a range of resource allocation, production planning and inventory control problems. Linear programming problems in integers; introduction branch-and-bound methods and implicit enumeration algorithms for problems in binary variables.

540133 MES82 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research 1 unit Prerequisite ME488

Review of relevant. probability and statistics theory; utility theory, Bayes' theorem; decision trees; decision models under risk and uncertainty; queueing theory; Markov models, renewal theory; variable inventory models; forecasting! time series analysis production-inventory models quality assurance models; reliability.

540152 MES82D Industrial Computations I unit

Review and revision of probability theory, random variable and distribution Regression analysis and statistical tests. Applications in industry in quality control and sampling inspection schemes; in design of industrial experiments in analysing variability in production systems.

Text Guttman, 1., Wilks, S. S. &

Honder, J. S. Introductory Engineering Statistics 2nd edn (Wiley)

540134 MES83 Modelling of Management Problems I unit Principles of model building; classification of models; cause-effect structures; organisational objectives; problem formulation; management problems in industry and government; models for marketing, manpower, production, inventory, distribution, and investment; case studies of management problems.

124

540135 MES84 Simulation

Prerequisite ME487

I unit

The basic methodology of simulation and its relationship to operations research and the scientific method; analogue, digital and hybrid simulation; the representation of uncertainty in simulation models. sampling methods; simple example of simulations of a queue to illustrate the problems and methods involved in the construction of different models to answer different questions; the general discrete event network and its limitations; general solutions to the modelling of such networks; the classical 3-phase model; programming languages for simulation; design of simulation experiments; simulation project.

540136 MES97 Project/Seminar 2 units



For content see Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering.

433240 ME681 D Industrial Law 4 units

For subject entry see Industrial Law entry in Section 4 Part II of this Handbook.

540173 ME684D Project 2 units

For content see Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering.

540176 ME685 Advanced Operations Research I unit

Prerequisites ME487/488 The application of the Operational Research Method and techniques to tactical and strategic industrial problems. Analysis and simulation of production - inventory control systems. Queueing systems. investment and replacement, quality control and reliability.

125

111102 1.(1103 111104 111105 111106

Met092 Met093 Met094 Met095 Met096

Metallurgy Subjects

I unit each

These subject units are designed to formalise the period of Industrial Experience which may be studied in lieu of elective units by part-time students. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one elective unit of 42 hours. Students will be required to present a report giving a connected account of his industrial experience, and an essay topic associated with the experience will be set. A seminar may be required from this topic.

112214 Met214 Theory of Metallurgical Processes I

Prerequisites Corequlsite

Maths I, Chemistry I, Physics lA

Met261

This subject is divided into three parts:

(Q Metallurgical Kinetics

3 units

The stoichiometry of metallurgical processes. Mass and energy balances in industrial metallurgical processes and plants. Interactive computing techniques for industrial stoichiometry. Stoichiometric models of metallurgical processes. Ellingham diagrams. Simultaneous gas/solid reactions. Chemical and electro-chemical equilibria in aqueous solutions. E-pH diagrams. Applications to electrowinning and electrorefining. Chemical kinetics and mass transfer in heterogeneous metallurgical systems. The interpretation and use of rate data. Derivation of rates from experimental measurements. Models for the correlation of rate data.

Texts Peacey, J. G. &

Davenport, W. G. Coudourier, L., Hopkins,

D. W. & Wilkomirsky, I.

(ill Separation Processes

The Iron Blast Furnace (Pergamon)

Fundamentals of Metallurgical Processes (Pergamon)

A unified treatment of basic concept of heat and mass transfer. Concepts of flux. driving force. heat and mass transfer coefficients. Diffusivity and conductivity; rate equations.

Dimensional analysis.

Heat transfer by convection. conduction and radiation. Convective heat transfer coefficients. Radiative heat transfer.

Mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Mass transfer coefficient. Correlation of transfer coefficients. Film theory; penetration theory, Vapour-liquid equilibria.

Additivity of resistances in mass and heat transfer.

Simple heat exchanges design. Equation for heat transfer surface. Co- and counter-current arrangements.

The nature and spectral distribution of thermal radiation. Radiation pyrometry on grey surfaces. Exchange areas, direct and total. The adiabatic surface approximation for a refractory. The source-sink-refractory furnace. Introduction to gas radiation.

Texts Coulson, J. M. &

Richardson, J. F. Perry, J. H. & Chilton, C. H. Sarofim, A. C. & Wall, T. W.

Chemical Engineering. Vol. I (S.I. units) (Pergamon 1977)

Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1973) Notes on Radiation Heat Transfer (University of Newcastle)

126

(iii) Fluid Mechanics

Properties of fluids. Fluid statics; forces on surfaces, buoyancy. Fluids in motion; conservation of mass and energy. Continuity. Bernoulli and Euler equations, momentum principle, applications of linear and angular momentum. Pumps and turbines. Laminar and turbulent flow. Flow in pipes and ducts. Pressure drop in valves and fittings. Flow measurement.

Text Streeter, V. L. &

Wylie, E. B. Fluid Mechanics 7th edn (McGraw-Hill 1979)

112241 Met241 Microplasticity

Prerequisite Physics lA I unit

Metallography of the plastic deformation of single crystals, slip. twinning and cleavage, stress strain curves of metal crystals. Dislocation theory. cross slip. climb, dissociation into partials, sessile disslocations. jogs. Theories of work hardening. deformation bands, kink bands, dislocation interactions with solute and particles. Deformation and annealing of polycrystalline metals.

Text Wulff, J. et a!. Structure and Properties of Metals Vol. 3 (Wiley)

112251 Met2S I Metallography I unit Prerequisites Chemistry I. Physics lA

An introduction to binary phase diagrams and the generation of microstructure, phase rule, lever rule, departures from equilibrium. generalised relations between properties and microstructure. Technically important binary systems. Characteristics of pearlite, bainite and martensite. Annealing, normalising, quenching, tempering. age hardening, isothermal and continuous cooling transformation.

Text Reed- Hill, R. Physical Metallurgy Principles (Van Nostrand)

112261 Met261 Extraction Metallurgy

Prerequisite Chemistry I

Cofequlsite Met214

Current technology in the process metallurgy of ferrous and non-ferrous metals.

Text Gilchrist, J. D. Fuels. Refractories & Furnaces 2nd edn (Pergamon)

112271 Met271 Fabrication Metallurgy

Prerequisites Physics lA. Chemistry I

I unit

I unit

An introduction to, and a study of. the common metal-working techniques. Rolling, forging, deep drawing, wire and tube drawing, casting, extrusion and powder metallurgy.

Text Dieter, G. E. Mechanical Metallurgy (McGraw-Hill)

112281 Met281 Atomic and Electronic Structure I unit

Prerequisite Physics lA, Chemistry I

Periodic table and atomic bonding. Introductory crystallography, crystal systems, lattices, Miller indices, stereographic projection, reciprocal lattice. Metallic structures, ideal solid solution, defects, Hume- Rothery rules. Non-metallic structues. Pauling rules. Introductory Xray crystallography, production and properties of X-rays. Bragg diffraction.

127

113301 Met301 Communication Skills !t2 unit

Prerequisite Nil Preparation of written and oral reports.

Text Pauley, S. Technical Report Writing Today (Houghton Mifflin)

113323 Met311 Statistical Design and Optimisation of Metallurgical Processes I unit

Prerequisites Met214, Met261 Experimental design: randomised and randomised-block, factorial and fractional factorial designs applied to metallurgical situations. Optimisation: method of formulation, single variable and multivariable techniques. Linear and non-linear problems, constrained problems, confidence regions.

113393 Met312 Modelling and Control of Metallurgical Processes I unit

Prerequisites Met214, Met261

Construction of models, use of models in prediction, identification and simulation. validity of models using examples from current metallurgical practice. Computer control systems, system components, advantages and justification of computer systems. Demonstration by use of simulation packages. Use of microcomputers in on-line data logging and control. Application to a practical example in the laboratory.

113395 Met314 Theory of Metallurgical Processes II 3 units

Prerequisites Met214 OR

All of ChE261, ChE272, and Chemistry IIC

Physical chemistry of iron and steelmaking and of selected non-ferrous metallurgical processes. Applied electrochemical science with emphasis on the electrowinning of AI. Shaft furnace modelling. Theory of steelmaking processes including models of continuous steelmaking. Multipart modelling of steel finishing processes. Mixing theory and simulation of batch and semi-continuous pyrometallurgical reactors. Flow systems in pyrometallurgical processes; slag-metal processes, gas-metal flow in vacuum processes, melting on packed beds, jet behaviour in metallurgical reactors, gas bubble flow, molten metal. Flow in ingots and castings and at solidification interfaces.

Text Peacey, J. G. &

Davenport, W. G. The Iron Blast Furnace (Pergamon)

113325 Met322 Electrochemistry Corrosion & Hydrometallurgy I unit

Prerequisite Met214

Metals in equilibrium with aqueous solutions. Departures from equilibrium. Kinetics of electrode processes. Corrosion. Surface films and passivity. Corrosion prevention and control. Electrodeposition. Electropolishing. The physico-chemical principles of hydrometallurgical processes used in extractive metallurgy.

113353 Met353 Solidification Processes I unit

Prerequisites Met251. Met261, Met271

The theory and practice of solidification of metals from the atomic-morphology of the solidliquid interface to the structure of a steel ingot. The role of impurity, micro-segregation, gases, inclusions and macro-segregation on the final mechanical and processing properties of castings. Special reference is made to continuous casting techniques and products. Text Flemings, M. C. Solidification Processing (McGraw-Hill)

1.28

113350 Met354 Quantitative Metallography


I unit

An introductory course in the application of quantitative methods of evaluating metallographic data including microstructures.

Text Pickering, F. B. The Basis of QJJantitative Metallography (Institution of

Metallurgists)

113355 Met355 Physical Metallurgy 2 units

Prerequisites Met241, Met251 , Met281 Thermodynamnics of binary phase diagrams. Transformation kinetics. The physical metallurgy of alloy steels, effect of alloying elements, hardenability of alloy steel, Tempering and temper brittleness. Dislocation theory, yield point phenomena, fracture, age hardening and creep. Elementary theory of thermal. electronic and magnetic properties of metallic alloys.

Text Bain, E. C. & Paxton. H. W. Honeycombe. R. W. K. Wilkes, P.

Alloying Elements in Steel (ASM) Plastic Deformation of Metals (Arnold) Solid State Theory for Metallurgists (C.U.P.)

113356 Met356 Metallographic Techniques


I unit

A practically oriented course of modern metallographic methods including theory of operation, application and interpretation of data.

Texts Smallman. R. E. &

Ashlee, K. H. G. Cullity, B. D.

Modem Metallography (Pergamon)

Elements of X-ray Diffraction (Addison-Wesley)

113364 Met364 Refractories I unit

Prerequisites Met241, Met251 Techniques for the investigation and testing of refractories. Phase equilibria and rates of reaction in complex oxide systems. The clay-water system and alumino-silicate refractories. The structure, properties and industrial applications of silica, magnesite, dolomite, chrome, alumina and carbon refractories. Special refractories. including insulating materials.

113397 Met373 Polymer Processing I unit

Prerequisite Met271 A description and analysis of the techniques for the production and forming of commercially important polymers.

Text Seymour, R. B. Modem Plastics Technology (Prentice-Hall)

113374 Met374 Welding and Non-Destructive Testing I unit

Prerequisites Met241, Met251 and Met271 The basic principles and techniques are introduced for the modern joining methods of: fusion, welding, brazing and soldering. The metallurgical changes which accompany these joining processes are discussed. However, the main emphasis is on the arc welding of steels. Nondestructive testing techniques and their applications are introduced.

Text Lancaster, J. F. The Metallurgy of Welding. Brazing and Soldering (Elsevier)

129

113375 Met375 Industrial Metallurgy 2 units Prerequisites Met241. Met251, Met271

Introduction to the metallurgy and properties of the common metals, alloys and polymers of industrial significance. Models of metal fracture; ductile, brittle, fatigue, creep. Castings and ingots, casting theory. macrosegregation patterns, influence on properties and welding. Material and process selection.

Text Rollason, E. C. Metallurgy for Engineers

I I 339 I Met391 Physical Metallurgy Laboratory 2 units Prerequisites Met241, Met251, Met271, and Met281

The practices of optical, X-ray and electron metallography and the mechanical and physical testing of metal components.

113392 Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory Prerequisites Met214 and Met261

OR

2 units

All of ChE261, ChE272, Chemistry IIC and Met261

Experimental work in chemical and electrochemical equilibria and kinetics. Transport processes. Pyrometallurgical and hydrometallurgical experiments.

114405 Met40 I Directed Reading Topics to be arranged.

114406 Met402 Metallurgy Seminar

Topics in the general area of metallurgy and materials.

114434 Met411 Metallurgy Computations Topics to be arranged.

114414 Met414 Theory of Metallurgical Processes III

Prerequisite Met315

2 units

1 unit

1 unit

3 units

Heterogeneous equilibria. Gas/condensed phase equilibric in multicomponent systems. Applications to extraction processes. Heat transfer. Modelling of casting and solidification, welding, heat-treatment, fabrication and pyro-metallurgical fluid mechanics. Gas-liquid contacting in pyro-metallurgy. Melting of packed beds. Metallurgical rate processes.

Metallurgical reactor analysis. Text Szekely, J. Fluid Flow Phenomena in Metals Processing (Academic Press

1979)

114454 Met451 Structure of Real Crystals 1 unit Prerequisite Met 355

The interaction of X-rays, neutrons and electrons with the crystal lattice. Imaging of crystal defects. Effects on the diffraction pattern of modulated and faulted structures. Order-disorder and martensite transformations.

130

114452 Met452 Physical Metallurgy 1 unit Prerequisite Met355

Topics on the relation between mechanical properties and microstructure. Strengthening mechanisms. Internal friction in metals.

114453 Met453 Metallography 1 unit Metallography of phase transformations in metals. Recrustallisation, grain boundaries and interfaces.

1'14481 Met481 Dislocation Theory 1 unit

Prerequisite Met355

Advanced topics on the structure, interactions and movements of dislocations. Applications to plastic deformation. fracture, transformations and strengthening.

114482 Met482 Metal Physics 1 unit

Prerequisite Met355

Topics will be chosen from a list including such items as: neutron diffraction methods, diffraction theory, lattice vibrations. nuclear reactor materials, magnetic and electrical materials, superconductors.

114490 Met490 Design Project 2 units

Prerequisites Met314, ChE361

Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for metal or raw material production, inckiding man and energy balances. preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment. or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are required to take a two-day design paper or equivalent.

114483 Met491 Laboratory Project

Topics to be arranged.

115521 Met521 Metallurgical Thermodynamics

Prerequisite Met314

2 units

1 unit

Introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Configurational models of alloys and slags. Vibrational, electronic and magnetic contributions to the partition function. Toward understanding of phase equilibria.

115531 Met531 Heat Transfer 1 unit

Prerequisite Met314 Heat transfer modelling in casting and solidification. welding, pyro-metallurigcal reaction systems, heat treatment and fabrication systems.

115532 Met532 Fluid Mechanics I unit

Prerequisite Met314

Topics treated will include: The teeming system geometry for continuous or batch ingot production. The solidifying interface with arious morphologies. The impining jet geometry in gas-liquid metal contacting in pyro-metallurgy. Melting packed beds.

131

115533 Met533 Metallurgical Rate Processes I unit

Prerequisite Met314 Single particle reaction systems in pyrometallurgy. Solid particle-gas-slag systems. liquid metal drop-gas-slag systems, liquid metal drop-gas systems. Heterogenous reaction kinetics. Fe-C-0 reaction in a steelmaking environment.

115551 MetS51 Electron Metallography I unit

Prerequisite Met355 The interaction of electrons with crystalline materials and the development of image contrast. Characterisation of structural defects.

11 5552 MetS52 Physical Metallurgy I unit

Prerequisites Met353, Met355 Topics on the relation between mechanical properties and microstructure. Stengthening mechanisms. Internal friction in metals.

115553 MetS53 Metallography I unit


Metallography of phase transformations in metals. Recrystallisation, grain boundaries and interfaces.

115561 MetS61 Extraction Metallurgy I unit

Prerequisite Met314 Study in depth of selected topics in the current technology of extraction metallurgy from the field of: hydrometallurgy. pyrometallurgy and electrometallurgy.

115581 MetS81 Dislocation Theory I unit

Prerequisite Met355 Advanced topics on the structure, interactions and movement of dislocations. Applications to plastic deformation, fracture, transformations and strengthening.

115582 MetS82 Metal Physics I unit

Prerequisite Met355

Topics will be chosen from a list including such items as: Neutron diffraction methods, diffraction theory, lattice vibrations, nuclear reactor materials, magnetic and electrical materials, superconductors, etc.

132

Surveying Subjects

521110 SVIII Surveying 4 units

Part A (Surveying) . Classes of surveys- nature, causes and classes of errors - elementary error propagationlinear measurement with tapes, ordinary differential levelling, angle measurement, plane table, tachemetry optical square, Abney level. Indian clinometer, magnetic compass.

Field notes - line ranging, chain surveys - traversing and traverse calculations - plane triangulation - contour surveys - plane table surveying.

Route Surveys- areas and volumes- horizontal (circular and transition) and vertical curves.

History of surveying and surveying instruments.

Part B (Cartography) Cartograhic drawing - plotting and plan drawing for cadastral and engineering surveys.

Text Bannister. A. & Raymond, S. Surveying 4th edn (Pitman 1977)

521111 SVI21 Survey Camp I

Corequisite SVIII Surveying I (B.Surv. students only)

Duration 5 days

Extensive contour and detail survey. including horizontal and vertical control by traverse and differential levelling - plane tabling - stadia. A small engineering survey. Associated calculations and plans.

522404 SV212 Surveying II

Prerequisites Corequisites

Part A (Surveying)

4 units

SVIII Surveying I

SV231 Survey Computations I

Precise levelling. barometric levelling. Trigonometrical levelling. Reciprocal levelling. Hydrographic surveying, Underground surveying. Gyrotheodolites. Plane triangulation with single second theodolites.

Part B (Optics) Reflection and refraction at plane and curved surfaces - prisms, thin lenses and spherical mirrors- lens combinations, thick lenses. "thick" mirrors- aberrations, parabolic reflectors - optical trains in surveying instruments, optical compensators. optical plumbing-Gauss collimation techniques.

Texts Bannister. A. & Raymond. S. Clark. D. Clark. D.

Surveying 4th edn (Pitman 1977) Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol.l 6th edn (Constable 1969) Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers Vol.II 6th edn

(Constable 1973)

522405 SV222 Survey Camp II

Prerequisite Corequisite Duration

SVI21 Survey Camp I SV212 Surveying II

5 days

Extensive engineering survey- control by plane triangulation and traversing - setting out road centreline, including transition and circular curves - calculation of grades and earthworks quantities, and associated drawings.

133

522407 SV232 Survey Computations I


This course is concerned with computer programming, with particular emphasis on programming style. The use of terminals, files and editing techniques will be covered. Also some aspects of computer hardware and data handling will be considered. Some numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming. These will include solution of single non-linear equations, interpolation and integration. Text Browne, L.W.B. A Fortran Primer

522409 SV233 Survey Computations II 1 unit Plane trigonometrical formulae - calculation of triangles, areas, roadways, subdivisions. Use of calculators. Traverse computations, including offsets and missing data problems. Areas from co-ordinates. Transformations, resections and intersections - mathematical and semigraphic. Spherical trigonometry - applications to survey problems.

522410 SV271 Basic Regional and Urban Economics 2 units Prerequisite Economics I

Applications of economics analysis to sub-national areas. Regional accounts - descriptions of regional economies - regional income determination and growth - impact of growth on regional economic structure - regional effects of national policy- design of regional policy under constraints of national objectives and regional structure. Selected case studies, stressing cross-country comparisons.

Broad survey of economic issues within the urban or metropolitan environment- relation of cities to national and regional economy - interrelation of cities - central place theory and location analysis- housing and land use theory- urban economic development and growth - urban analysis, sociology and planning - public policy and welfare. Text Richardson, H.W. Regional Economics (Weidenfeld & Nicolson 1969)

432300 SV291 Introduction to Legal Studies 1 unit Prerequisite Nil

The Australian constitution 'and legal system - legal research and writing - areas of law -legal concepts and terminology - statute law - case law.

523305 SV313 Surveying III Prerequisites SV212, EE131

2 units

Corequisites SV332, SV351

Electronic timing - frequency measurement and calibration - phase shift measurement of sinusoidal waves - propagation of electromagnetic waves - electromagnetic distance measurement - navigational aids, applications to hydrographic surveying. Includes 10-day survey camp.

Text Burnside, D.C. Electromagnetic Distance Measurement (Crosby Lockwood

1971)

523325 SV334 Survey Computations III 1 unit Prerequisite SV231 Survey Computations I Revision and extension of error theory - adjustment by least squares - error ellipse calculations.

134

523327 SV341 Astronomy I

Prerequisite SV231 Survey Computations I

2 units

The celestial sphere and astronomic triangle - definitions, conventions and time. Latitude by circum-meridian methods. Longitude by ex-meridian methods. Azimuth by circumelongation, circumpolar and sun observations. Position line methods.

Texts Bennett, G.G. & Freilich, J.G. Mackie, J.B.

523328 SV351 Geodesy I

Field Astronomy for Surveyors (U.N.S.W.P. 1979) Astronomy for Surveyors 8th edn (Griffin 1978)

2 units Prerequisites SV212, SV231

Historical development - differential geometry - the spheriod - Legendre's Theorem -computation of geographical co-ordinates - geodetic surveying (horizontal control) - map projections- the Australian Map Grid and the N.S.W. Integrated Survey Grid.

Text Clark. D. Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers Vol.II 6th edn

(Constable 1973) The Australian Map Grid Technical Manual 2nd edn (Aust. Govt.

Publishing Service 1972) The Manual of the N.S. W Integrated Survey Grid (N.S.W. Govt.

Printer) Integrated Survey Grid Tables (N.S.W Govt. Printer 1972)

523329 SV361 Photogrammetry I 2 units Stereoscopic vision - geometry of single aerial photograph - stereoscopic pairs -fundamental mathematical relationships- radial triangulation. Inner, relative and absolute orientation with respect to direct optical projection. Cameras, physical properties of photographs.

Text Wolf. P.R. Elements of Photogrammetry (McGraw-Hill1974)

or Moffit. F.H. & Mikhail, E.M. Photogrammetry. 3rd edn (Harper & Row 1980)

433300 SV392 Property and Survey Law 1 unit Prerequisite SV291

The notion of property - classifications of property - estates in land - interests in land -systems of title to land - dealing with land - statutory control of land use, with particular reference to the Local Government Act 1919 (N.S.W.).

The regulation and legal liability of surveyors - survey investigations and searches.

Texts Hallman, F.

Willis

524125 SV414 Surveying IV

Legal Aspects of Boundary Surveying as apply in New South Wales (Inst. of Surveyors Aust. 1973)

Notes on Survey Investigations (N.S.W. Govt. Printer)

2 units

Prerequisite SV313

Corerequisites SV332, SV392 Map reproduction - methods of preparation and reproduction of line maps - other map products.

135

Cadastral surveys in N.S.W. - survey practice law; professional ethics; surveyors' rights, powers and duties - Torrens and Common Law title surveys; searches - identification surveys, field records and plans - integrated surveys.

Tape standardisation, laboratory testing of instruments, error analysis in survey methods. Text Hallmann, F.M. Legal Aspects of Boundary Surveying as apply in New South

Wales (Inst. of Surveyors, Aust. 1973)

524126 SV415 Surveying V 1 unit Prerequisite SV313

Corequisites SV332, SV414

Measurement of deflection and settlement of structures - survey methods in industry -relocation of lost marks - special surveying problems.

524127 SV442 Astronomy II Prerequisite SV341 Topics selected from:-

Corrections to observations and calculations. Star co-ordinates. Meridian methods. Equal altitude methods. Precise timing.

2 units

524128 SV452 Geodesy II 1 unit Prerequisite SV351 Corequisite SV332

Least squares adjustment of control surveys; variance/covariance matrix, variance factor and weight coefficient matrix, elementary statistical testing of observations and adjusted values. Relationship between geoid and ellipsoid, astro-geodetic levelling, ellipsoidal elevations, mean sea level and the geoid-gravity and its use in geodesy, methods for establishing a world geodetic system. Precise levelling. Text Clark, D. Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol.II 6th edn (Constable 1973)

524129 SV453 Geodesy III 1 unit Corequisite SV452

Topics chosen from advanced techniques in hydrographic surveying, satelitte geodesy and an overview of the long-range goals of geodesy.

524130 SV462 Photogrammetry II I unit Prerequisite SV361

Photogrammetic orientation. Design principles and practical applications of exact and approximate restitution instruments. Flight and project planning- aerial mapping - aerial triangulation of strips. Text Wolf, P.R. Elements of Photogrammetry (McGraw-Hil11974)

524131 SV463 Photogrammetry Ill 1 unit Corequisites SV332, SV462

Propagation of errors in aerial triagulation and strip adjustment. Camera calibration. Rectification, mosaics, orthophotography.

524137 SV464 Advanced Mapping I unit Prerequisite SV361 Principles of automatic cartographic procedures; review of equipment; examples of automation.

524135 SV472 Lail.d Valuation I unit General principles of urban and rural land valuation - unimproved and improved capital values- valuation ofleasehold and freehold land- subdlvlslonal value ofland- valuation of buildings - relevant Acts and Regulations - N.S.W. Land and Valuation Court proceedings and decisions.

Texts Appraisal One (Jolyon 1976) Hornby, D.

Murray, J.F.N. Principles & Practice of Land Valuation (Commonwealth Inst. of Valuers 1974)

524136 SV473 Town Planning I unit Review of historical planning concepts. Modem approaches to town planning including legal aspects. Practical considerations in subdivision design. Environmental impact considerations.

524138 SV474 Surveying Management See CE351 Civil Engineering Systems I.

524133 SV481 Project Prerequisites & Corequisites According to the nature of the topic.

EITHER

I unit

2 units

A minor research project involving a literature review and/or analytical and/or experimental investigation. OR A land studies project, involving selection of a site suitable for a specified purpose, investigation of title, zoning, site survey, environmental impact study, design for development.

136 137

PART II:

SUB.lJ1CIS OFFERED BY DEPARTMENTS OUTSIDE THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

The subject descriptions set out below include subjects offered by Departments outside those comprising the Faculty of Engineering, which are core subjects or commonly taken elective subjects. An index to these descriptions is shown below.

It should be noted that the list of subjects whose descriptions appear below is not exhaustive. Electives may be chosen from a number of other subjects whose descriptions are not included. For descriptions of such subjects students should consult the relevant Faculty Handbook. To assist students in choosing electives a list of subjects is included after the index below showing the Department responsible for the subject and the unit value of the subject.

Subject Chemistry I Chemistry IS Chemistry IIC EM2A Mathematical Models EM2B Complex Analysis

INDEX TO SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential Equations EM2D Linear Algebra EM2E Topic in Applied Mathematics EM2F Numerical Analysis and Computing EM2H Probability and Statistics EM21 Applied Statistics EM2K Topic in Pure Mathematics EM2L Analysis in Metric Spaces Economics I Geography liB Mathematics I Mathematics IIA Mathematics liB Ph221 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics Philosophy I Philosophy ID Philosophy IE Philosophy IF Physics lA Physics IB

Page 139 140 140 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 ISO ISO ISO ISO 141 142 142 144 144 IS3 ISO IS2 IS2 IS2 IS2 IS3

As pointed out above the following list is included to assist students in choosing elective subjects from subjects offered by Departments outside the Faculty of Engineering.

The subjects are arranged in alphabetical order showing the Department responsible for each subject and the unit value of the subject. The descriptions of these subjects can be found in the relevant Faculty Handbook.

138

SUBJECT DEPARTMENT UNIT VALUE

Accounting I Commerce 4 Biology I Biological Sciences 4 Commercial Programming Commerce 2 Computer Science II Mathematics 4 Computer Science II Mathematics 8 Data Structures & Programming (CS) Mathematics Economics II Economics 4 Electronics & Instrumentation II Physics 4 English I English 4 Geography I Geography 4 Geography IIA Geography 4 Geography IIC Geography 4 Geology I Geology 4 History I History 4 ·Industrial Law Legal Studies 4 Industrial Relations II Economics 4 Labour Economics Economics 4 Legal Studies I Legal Studies 4 Mathematics IIC Mathematics 4 Mathematics IliA Mathematics 8 Mathematics IIIB Mathematics 8 Organisational Behaviour Commerce 4 Physics II Physics 4 Physics IliA Physics 8 Programming & Algorithms (CS) Mathematics Psychology I Sociology I Statistics III Systems Analysis & Design Theories of Organisation

721100 Chemistry I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Psychology 4 Sociology 4 Mathematics 8 Commerce Commerce 4

DEPARTMEm OF CHEMISTRY

4 units

Nil

About 3 lecture hours and 3 hours of tutorial and laboratory classes per week.

A student may satisfy the examiners EITHER: (i) by achieving an over-all satisfactory performance in the

progressive examinations; OR (ii) by achieving satisfactory performance in the final 3 hour

examination scheduled in the November examination period. Students who attempt both sets of examinations will be credited with the higher of the two results. The laboratory mark counts I 096 towards the final grading. A pass in the laboratory course is required in order to pass the subject.

Inorganic Chemistry (30 lectures) Revision of basic concepts; periodic properties of the elements and their compounds; bonding and structure.

Organic Chemistry (30 lectures) . . Historical development. The shapes, structures and names of orgamc compounds; reactions of common functional groups; synthesis, differentiation and structural elucidation of organic compounds.

139

Physical Chemistry (30 lectures) Olemical equilibria; thermodynamics; electrochemistry; chemical kinetics. Am Aylward, G. H. &

Findlay, T. J. V. lrown, T.L. & LeMay, H.E. Hart, H. & Schuertz, RD

S.l Chemical Data 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)

Chemistry - The Central Science 2nd edn (Prentice- Halll981) Organic Chemistry 5th edn (Houghton Mifflin 1978)

721900 Chemistry IS 2 units (for Civil, Computer, Electrical, Industrial & Mechanical Engineering Students)

ltwequisites Nil Hours

&amtnation (i)

About 2 lecture hours & I hour of tutorials. computational classes & student participation per week. A student may satisfy the examiners EITHER: by achieving an oyerall satisfactory performance in the three I hour examinations held at the end of each term: OR

(ii) by achieving performance in a 3 hour paper on the whole year's work, held in the November examination period.

Content

Students who attempt both sets of examinations will be credited with the higher of the two results.

The course deals primarily with material and energy resources.

One term is devoted to structures, properties and behaviour of inorganic materials, minerals and metals.

One term is devoted to chemical energetics and to chemical and physical equilibria. One term is devoted to organic chemistry with special reference to petrochemicals, polymers, fuels and lubricants.

In all three terms tutorials designed to support the lecture are held. Texts Aylward, G. H. &

Findlay, T. J. V. Pimental. G.C. & Sratley, R.D. Steedman, W.et a!.

722400 Chemistry IIC Plwequisite

Preparatory Subjects Hours

Examination

Content Analytical Chemistry

S.l Chemical Data (Wiley 1970)

Understanding Chemistry (Holden-Day 1971) Chemistry for the Applied Sciences (Pergamon 1970)

Chemistry 1

Mathematics I and either Physics lA or IB

4 units

About 3 lecture hours and 3 hours tutorial and laboratory classes per week.

The subject is examined progressively with seven hours of examinations distributed throughout the year. The laboratory mark counts 20% towards the final grading. A pass in the laboratory course is required in order to pass the subject.

Basic principles; spectroscopic procedures; separation methods. Inorganic Chemistry Symmetry and structure; main group metal chemistry; types of co-ordination complexes; structure elucidation; transition metal chemistry.

140

Dynamics Kinetics; chemical affinity; electrochemical cells: Organic Chemistry Aliphatic and aromatic chemistry. Thermodynamics. Basic laws, and applications to ideal and non-ideal systems.

Texts Atkins, P.W. Cotton, F.A. & Wilkinson, G. Geissman, T.A.

OR Pine. S.H .. Hendrickson, J.B.,

Cram, D. J. & Hammond, G.S.

Shoemaker, D.P. & Garland, C.W.

Pecsok, R.L .. Shields, L.D., Cairns, T. & McWilliam, !.G.

421100 Economics I Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Physical Chemistry (Oxford 1978) Baste Inorganic Chemistry (Wiley 1976) Principles of Organic Chemistry 4th edn (Freeman 1977)

Organic Chemistry 4th edn (Wiley 1976)

Experiments in Physical Chemistry 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill 1976)

Modern Methods of Chemical Analysis. 2nd edn (J.Wiley & Sons (Sydney) 1976)

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS

4 units

Nil 3 lecture hours per week and fortnightly tutorials One 3-hour paper and progressive assessment, including regular quizzes

This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles of economics. While emphasis throughout the course is on the theoretical underpinnings of the economic science, the concepts developed afford significant insights into contemporary problems. The theoretical concepts developed will be used to discuss such important questions as: Is it true that unemployment cannot be reduced without increasing inflation? What is a "credit squeeze"? How much does Australian tariff policy cost Australians? Is there really an energy crisis? Can environmental degradation be eliminated? What are the reasons for poverty In Australia? What are the major causes of poverty in the Third World? The first few lectures are designed to introduce the student to the nature of scientific inquiry in economics and to some of the tools of the economist. The notion that economics is only concerned with business decision-making will be quickly dispelled.

Next attention will be directed to the principles of microeconomics and some of their applications. In microeconomics attention is focused on how the prices of products and productive factor (including labour) are determined and how this determination is governed by the degree of competition in the market. Then follows a series of lectures concerning income determination for the economy as a whole. The basic Keynesian theory is considered and is compared with the monetarist approach. Various theories of business cycles are reviewed and the roles of monetary and fiscal policy in stabilizing economic activity are considered. The causes and consequences of inflation are examined. The final section of the course introduces international trade theory and its Australian applications; as well, the problems of Third World countries will be investigated. With regard to trade theory we will look at such questions as: Why do countries specialise in certain products? Why do countries erect trade barriers such as quotas and tariffs? How are exchange rates determined? What institutions are responsible for facilitating international trade? With

141

regard to Third World countries we will look at such questions as: What is the meaning of development? What are the major causes of poverty in the Third World? Are there solutions to that poverty? Text Jackson, J & McConnell, C.R. References Gwartney, J.O. & Stroup, R. Leftwich, R.H.

Lipsey, R. Martin, J.

Tisdell, C.

Economics: Australian Edition (McGraw- Hill 1980)

Economics: Private and Public Choice (Academic Press 1980) The Price System and Resource Allocation 7th edn (Holt.

Rinehart 1979) Positive Economics 5th edn (Weidenfeld & Nicholson) The Management of the Australian Economy (University of

Queensland Press 1979) Economics of Marhets: An Introduction to Economics Analysis

(Wiley 1974) Samuelson, P. et al. Economics 3rd Australian edn (McGraw-Hill) Notes will be distributed on topics not covered by the above texts.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY 352200 Geography liB: Physical Geography

(For B.Surv. students) Hours 5 hours of lectures/practicals/tutorials Examination To be advised Content

4 units

A study of man's physical environment. In 1982 themes will be established round the following specific fields of interest:

Geomorphology (Dr.R.J. Loughran) An introduction to the study of landforms. including some basic geology, weathering. soils. mass movement. river processes and valley formation. landforms of arid and cold climatic zones. coastal geomorphology, and applied and climatic geomorphology.

Climatology (Dr.H.A. Bridgman, Mr.G.N. Mcintyre). An introduction to the study on a synoptic and meso-climatic scale including radiation and heat budgets; thermodynamics; precipitation processes: climates of the world; climatic change; agricultural climatology; applied climatology.

Biogeography (Dr.J.C. Turner). An introduction to biogeography. Definitions and scope of the subject will be examined and its inter-disciplinary nature emphasized. Ways of describing and analysing the geographical ranges of organisms will be explored. Texts Rice, R.J. Linacre. E & Hobbs. J.

661100 Mathematics I Prerequisites Hours Examination Content Topics AL - Algebra

AN - Real Analysis CA- Calculus

Fundamentals of Geomorphology (Longmann 1977) The Australian Climatic Environment (Wiley 1977)

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

Nil

4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week Two 3-hour papers

SC - Statistics and Computing

142

4 units

Part I Topics

Algebra (Topic AL) - L. W. Brisley

Prerequisites Nil

Hours I lecture hour & y2 tutorial per week Content Introduction to basic algebraic objects and ideas. Induction: Matrices, solution of systems of linear equations. Determinants. Permutations. Vector geometry in two and three dimensions. Ve.ctor spaces, basis and dimension. subspaces. Linear maps, matrix representation. rank and nullity. Eigenvectors and eigenvalues. Applications are illustrated throughout the course. Text Brisley, W.

References Anton. H. Kolman, B. Liebeck, H. Lipschutz. S.

A Basis for Linear Algebra (Wiley 1973)

Elementary Linear Algebra 2nd edn (Wiley 1977) Elementary Linear Algebra (Macmillan 1977) Algebra for Scientists and Engineers (Wiley 1971) Linear Algebra (Schaum 1968)

Real Analysis (Topic AN) - J.G. Couper

Prerequisites Nil

Hours I lecture hour & Y2 tutorial hour per week Content Real Numbers, Sequences and series. Functions of one real variable, continuity, differentiability, integrability. Power series, Taylor Series.

Text Nil

References Apostol, T. Spivak, M.

Calculus Vo.l2nd edn (Blaisdell 1967) Calculus (Benjamin 1967)

Calculus (Topic CA)- W.P. Wood

Prerequisites Nil

Hours I lecture hour & lh tutorial hour per week

Content Binomial Theorem. Revision of differentiation and integration of polynomials and trigonometric functions. Differentiation of rational functions and of implicit and parametrically defined functions. Definition and properties of logarithmic, exponential and hyperbolic functions. Integration by parts and by substitution techniques. Integration of rational functions. First order separable and linear differential equations. Second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Conic sections and simple three-dimensional geometry of curves and surfaces. Partial differentiations. Tangency. Complex numbers.

Text Ayres, F.

References Apostol, T. Hille, E. & Salas, S. Kaplan, W. & Lewis, D.J. Spivak. H.

Calculus (Schaum 1974)

Calculus Voll2nd edn (Blaisdell 1967) First Year Calculus Internat. Textbook Series (Blaisdell 1968) Calculus and Linear Algebra Vol I (Wiley 1970) Calculus (Benjamin 1967)

143

Statistics and Computing (Topic SC) - R.W. Gibberd

Plwequisites Nil

Hours Content

I lecture hour & ~ tutorial hour per week

Introduction to computers. Programming in PASCAL. Calculating the zeros of functions. Numerical integration. Descriptive statistics, mean and variance. Probability. Binomial. Normal and t distributions. Statistical inference: confidence intervals and hypothesis testing.

A requirement is the writing of successful computer programmes to solve problems in statistical and numerical an~ysis.

Text

References EITHER Grogono, P. OR Moore, L. References Conte, S.D. & de Boor, C. Hlne, J. & Wetherill, G.B.

Hoe!, P.G.

662100 Mathematics IIA

Plwequisite Hours Examination Content

DEAMON Handbook (University of Newcastle Computing Centre)

Statistical Tables (University of Newcastle)

Programming in PASCAL 2nd edn (Addison-Wesley 1980)

Foundations of Programming with Pascal (Ellis Horwood 1980)

Elementary Num~~cal Analysis (McGraw-Hilll9.72) A Programmed Jo~t in Statistics Vols I,2,3 (Chapman & ·Hall

1975) Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (Wiley 1971)

Mathematics I 4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Each topic is examined separately

Topics B, CO and D. In exceptional circumstances and with theconsentofthe Head of Department one other topic may be substituted for B. Additional substitutions may be allowed in the case of candidates who have passed the subject Mathematics liB.

662200 Mathematics liB

Plwequisite Hours Examination Content

4units

. Mathematics I

4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Each topic is examined separately

Four topics chosen from A to H. where CO counts as two topics, and approved by the Head of Department In exceptional circumstances, and with the consent of the Head of Department one or more of the topics SP, I, K or L may be included.

Part II Topics

662101 Topic A- Mathematical Models- D.L.S. McElwain

Prerequisite or Corequisite Topic CO Hours

Exa"lination I lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per fortnight

One 2-hour paper

144

Content This topic is designed to introduce students to the idea of a mathematical model. Four or five realistic situations will be treated beginning with an analysis of the non-mathematical origin of the problem, the formulation of the mathematical model, solution of the mathematical problem and interpretation of the theoretical results.

Text Nil

References Andrews, J.G. &

Clone. R.R. Haberan, R. Kemeny, J.G. & Snell, J.L. Noble, B.

Rapoport, A. & Chammah. A.M.

Smith, J.M.

Mathematical Modelling (Butterworth 1976)

Mathematical Models (Prentice-Hall 1977) Mathematical Models in Social Sciences (Blaisdell 1963) Applications of Undergraduate Mathematics in Engineering (M.A.A./ Collier-MacMillan 1967) Prisoner's Dilemna (Michigan U.P. 1965)

Mathematical Ideas in Biology (Cambridge 197 I)

662102 Topic B - Complex Analysis - M.J. Hayes

Prerequisite or Corequisite

Hours Examinatio'! Content

Topic CO 1 lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per fortnight

One 2-hour paper

Complex numbers, cartesian and exponential forms, solutions of polynominal equations. Functions of a complex variable, mapping from one set of complex numbers to another. Continuity. Differentiation, Cauchy-Riemann equations. Integration, Cauchy's theoem and integral formulae. Taylor and Laurent series. Analytic continuation. Residue Theory, evaluation of some real integrals and series: More conformal mapping and applications to fluid flow.

Text Spiegel. M.R

References Chur.chill, R.V. Greenberg, M.D. Kreyszig .. E. Polya, G.'& Latta, G.E.

TIJeory and Problemb of Complex Variables (McGraw-Hilll964)

Complex Variables and Applications (McGraw- Hill 1960) foundations of Applied •Mathematics (Prentice- Hall 1978) Advanced Engineering Mathematics 4th edn (Wiley 1979) Complex Variables ·(Wiley 1974)

662109 Topic CO- yector Oalculus & Differential Equations - W. Summerfield

Prerequisites Nil 2 lecture hours per week and I tutorial hour per week

One 3'hour paper Hours Examination Co(lteilt Differential a!)d integral calculus of functions of several variables: partial derivatives, chain ruie, Jacobians, multiple integrals, tireen's Gauss' and Stokes' theorems. gradient divergence

and curl. 'Taylor's polyno]llial; Fourier series. . . First and second order linear differential equations: generai solution, initial and boundary value problems, solution by Laplace transform. A little on Sturm-Liouville systems if time

permits. Second order linear partial differential equations: Laplace, Wave and Diffusion equations.

145

EITHER Kreyszig, E.

OR Greenberg, M.D.

Advanced Engineering Mathematics 4th edn (paperback) (Wiley 1979) (4th edn is preferable but 3rd edn will suffice)

Foundations of Applied Mathematics (Prentice-Hall 1978) References Boyce, W.E. & Di Prima, R.C. Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems

Courant, R. ,Greenspan, H.D. &

Benney, D.J. Powers, D.L. Sneddon, I.N. Spiegel. M.R. Stephenson, G.

(Wiley 1969) Differential and Integral Calculus Vol.II (Wiley 1968) Calculus - an Introduction to Applied Mathematics (McGri\W-

Hill 1973) Boundary Value Problems (Academic 1972) Fourier Series (Routledge 1961) Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus (Schaum 1974) An Introduction to Partial Differential Equations for Science

Students 2nd edn (Longmann 1974) An extended list of references will be available to students enrolling in the topic.

662104 Topic D- linear Algebra- P.K. Smrz Prerequisites Nil Hours

Examination Content

I lecture hour per week and 1 tutorial hour per fortnight One 2-hour paper

· ~e first half of the year: A brief view of some material in the algebra section of Mathematics 1. Lmear maps, matrix representations. Diagonalisation, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Inner product spaces. orthogonalisation. Orthogonal. unitary, hermitian and normal matrices. Difference equations. Quadratic forms. Linear programming.

The second half of the year: Spectral theorem. Characteristic and minimum polynomials. Cayley-Hamilton theorem. Duality. Jordan form. Some Euclidean geometry, isometrics. Three-dimensional rotations.

Text Lipschutz, S.

References Anton, H. Bloom, D.M. Brisley, W. Nering. E.D. Reza, F. Rorres, C. & Anton, H.

Linear Algebra (Schaum I 974)

Elementary Linear Algebra 2nd edn (Wiley 1977) Linear Algebra and Geometry (Cambridge Uni. Press 1979) A Basis for Linear Algebra (Wiley 1973) Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory (Wiley 1964) Linear Spaces in Engineering (Ginn 1971) Applications of Linear Algebra (Wiley 1977 or 2nd edn 1979)

662201 Topic E- Topic in Applied Mathematics e.g. Mechanics, Potential Theory and Fluid Mechanics - W. T. F. Lau

Prerequisite or Corequisite Topic CO

Hours Examination

I lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per fortnight One 2-hour paper

146

Content Summary of vector algebra. Velocity and accelerations. Kinematics of a particle. Newton's Law of Motion. Damped and forced oscillations. Projectiles. Central forces. Inverse square law. The energy equation. Motion of a particle system. Conservation of linear momentum and of angular momentu,. Motion with variable mass. If time permits, three-dimensional motion and Lagrange's equations. An introduction to fluid mechanics and potential theory will be given.

Text Nil

References Chorlton. F. Goodman. L. E. Marion, J. B. Meirovitch, L.

Textbook of Dynamics (Van Nostrand 1963) Dynamics (Blackie 1963) Classical Dynamics (Academic 1970) Methods'of Analytical Dynamics (McGraw-Hill 1970)

662202 Topic F - Numerical Analysis 8. Computing - R. J. Vaughan Prerequisite

Hours Examination Content

Nil

I lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per fortnight

One 2-hour paper

Revision and extension of Fortran programming. Sources of error in computation. Solution of a single nonlinear equation. Interpolation and the Lagrange interpolating polynominal. Finite differences and applications to interpolation. Numerical differentiation and integration including the trapezoidal rule, Simpson's rule and Gaussian integration formulae. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations- Runge-Kutta and predictor-corrector methods. Numerical solution of linear systems of algebraic equations. Applications of numerical methods to applied mathematics, engineering and the sciences will be made throughout the course.

Text References Balfour, A. &

Beveridge. W. T. Carnahan. B. et al. Conte. S. D. & de Boor, C. Hartree, D. R. Kreitzberg, C. B. &

Shneiderman. B. Ralston, A.

Nil

Basic Numerical Analysis with Fortran (Heinemann 1973)

Applied Numerical Methods (Wiley 1969) Elementary Numerical Analysis 3rd edn (McGraw- Hill 1972) Numerical Analysis (Oxford 1958) The Elements of Fortran Style (Harcourt, Brace & Jovanovich

1972) A First Course in Numerical Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1965)

662204 Topic H- Probability 8. Statistics- R. G. Keats

Prerequisite Hours

Nil


Examination One 2-hour paper

Content This topic is an introduction to the theory of probability and statistics. The lectures will include the following topics. Probability space. basic probability theorems. conditional probability, independence of events. Discrete and continuous random variables, probability functions, distribution function. Expectation. mean, variance, moment generating function. Joint distribution, covariance, correlation, independence. Error propagation. Chebyshev inequality and the weak law of large numbers. Binomial and Poisson probability distributions. Normal distribution. Classification of experimental data. histograms. Random samples. sampling distributions for mean and variance. Statistical inference. hypothesis testing, types of error, power functions. Point and interval estimation. Application of the X'. t, F and normal random variables to hypothesis testing.

147

Text Hoe!, P. G.

References Allendoerfer, C. B. &

Oakley, C. 0. Feller, W.

Freund, J. E. Gnedenko, B. V. Hine, J. & Wetherill, G. B.

Kolmogorov. A. N. Lipscutz, S. Loeve. M. Mendenhall, W. &

Scheaffer. R. L.

Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 4th edn {Wiley 197 1)

Principles of Mathematics Chapter 12 {McGraw-Hill 1955)

An Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications Vol. I 3rd edn {Wiley 1968)

Mathematical Statistics 2nd edn {Prentic)Hall 1971) 11ze Theory of Probability Chapters I & II (Chelsea 1962) A Programmed Text in Statistics Vi. I- Summarising Data; Vol.

2 - Basic Theory; Vol. 3- The t-test and x' Goodness of Fit; Vol. 4- Tests on Variance and Regression {Chapman & Hall 1975)

Foundations of the Theory of Probability {Chelsea 1950) Theory and Problems of Probability {Schaum 1968) Probability Theory pp. 1-18 {Van Nostrand 1960) Mathematical Statistics with Applications {Duxbury 1973)

Moran, P. A. P. An Introduction to Probability Theory {Oxford U.P. 1968)

662301 Topic I- Applied Probability & Statistics - W. P. Wood

Prerequisite of Corequisite Topic H

Hours

Examination

Content

I lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per fortnight One 2-hour paper

APPLIED PROBABILITY- generating functions. regenerative events, random walk and ruin problems; Markov chains. applications.

APPLIED STATISTICS - nonparametric statistics, chi-square test, contingency tables.

Texts Feller, W.

Hoel. P. G. References Kemeny, J. G. & Snell. J. L. Noether. G. E.

An Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications Vol. I 2nd edn (Wiley 1965)

Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 4th edn {Wiley 1971)

Finite Marhov Chains (Van Nostrand 1967) Introduction to Statistics: A Nonparametric Approach 2dn edn

{Houghton/Mifflin 1976)

662303 Topic K - Topic in Pure Mathematics e.g. Group Theory- R. F. Berghout, M. J. Hayes

Prerequisites Nil

Hours Examination

Content


One 2-hour paper

Groups, subgroups, isomorphism. Permutation groups. groups of linear transformations and matrices. isometrics, symmetry groups of regular polygons and polyhedra. Cosets, Lagrange's theorem, normal subgroups. isomorphism theorems, correspondence theorem. Orbits, stabilisers, and their applications to the Burnside-Poly a counting procedure and classification of finite groups of isometrics in R' or R'. Text Nil

148

References Budden. F. J. Coxeter, H. S. M. Herstein, I. N. Rotman, J. J. Weyl, H.

The Fascination of Groups (Cambridge U.P. 1972) Introduction to Geometry (Wiley 1961) Topics in Algebra 2nd edn (Wiley 1975) 11ze Theory of Groups: An Introduction {Allyn & Bacon 1966) Symmetry {Princeton U.P. 1952)

662304 Topic L- Analysis of Metric Spaces - J. R. Giles

Prerequisite Nil 1 lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per fortnight

Hours Examination One 2-hour paper

Content Examples of metric and normed linear spaces, convergence ?f se~uenc~s and completeness, contraction mappings. Cluster points and closed sets, mtenor pmnts and open sets. Continuity of mappings and of linear mappings on normed linear spaces. Compactness and finite dimensional normed linear spaces. Uniform continuity. Uniform convergence of sequences and series of real functions, differentiation and integration of sequences and

series of real functions, power series.

Text Giles, J. R.

References Dieudonne, J. Giles, J. R. Goldberg, R. R. Mendelson, B. Simmons. G. F.

White, A. J.

Analysis of Metric Spaces (University of Newcastle 1974)

Foundations of Modern Analysis {Academic !960) Real Analysis - an Introductory Course {Wiley 1973) Methods of Real Analysis (Ginn Blaisdell 1964) Introduction to Topology (Biackie 1963) Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis {McGraw-Hill

1963) Real Analysis (Addison-Wesley 1968)

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS TOPICS

662105 EM2A Mathematical Models I unit

Content See Topic A.

662106 EM2B Complex Analysis 1 unit

Content See Topic B.

662111 EM2BD

Content

662110 F.M2CO

Content

662108 EM2D

Content

662212 EM2E

Content

662206 EM2F

Content

Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra I unit Consists of first half year's work in Topic B Complex Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra.

Vector Calculus and Differential Equations 1 unit

See Topic CO.

Linear Algebra 1 unit

See Topic D.

Topic in Applied Mathematics 1 unit

See Topic E.

Numerical Analysis and Computing 1 unit

See Topic F.

149

662208 EM2H Probability and Statistics Content See Topic H.

662314 EM21 Applied Probability and Statistics Content See Topic I.

662307 EM2K Topic in Pure Mathematics Content See Topic K.

662308 EM2L Analysis of Metric Spaces Content See Topic L.

DEPARIMENT OF PHILOSOPHY

381100 Philosophy I

Prerequisite Nil Hours 3 hours per week

l unit

l unit

l unit

l unit

4 units

Examination Examination is by coursework and formal examination. For details, see description below.

Content All students take the core-strand Introduction to Philosophical Problems and two options, one from each of Groups A and B below. Each of the three components is taught for one hour per week throughout the year. with some additional non-compulsory tutorials.

Core-strand 381111 Introduction to Philosophical Problems (Dr. Robinson, Professor Hooker)

In the first half of this course three varieties of philosophical problems will be discussed: (a) some questions in epistemology, which is the branch of philosophy concerned with such topics as knowledge, belief, certainty, and perception; (b) problems about the relation of body and mind, and personal identity; and (c) problems arising from the use ofreligious language. In the second half, Book I of Hobbes's classic Leviathan will be read; it will be explained and expounded in detail to bring out the Hobbesian world view systematically, the world view of liberalism that underlies western democracies. Evaluation: two short essays and 2-hour examination.

Option Group A

Option 1: 381105 Marxism and Liberalism (Assoc. Professor Daniela and Mr. Sparkes)

The first half of this option examines Marx's theory of the state and revolution, his critique of bourgeois de,mocracy and law, the thesis of the primacy of economic factors, and the concepts of alienation and classless society. The second half is a critical examination of some of the socio-political outlooks which have been styled 'liberal', and of their relations to one another, and to other socio-political outlo,oks. Evaluation: by assignment and by examination.

Option 2: 381106 Moral Problems (Mr. Sparkes, Dr. Dockrill)

An introductory examination of some contemporary moral problems, especially ones concerning the taking and preserving of human life, and a survey of such major moral theories as divine command theory, utilitarianism, and natural law ethics. Evaluation: by assignment and by examination.

150

Option 3: 381107 Philosophy of Public Policy (Professor Hooker)

Using energy policy as the chief example, the ethical, social, and political dimensions of public policies are explored. Alternative approaches to policy formation and evaluation, and the political philosophies which back them, are examined. Evaluation: short essay and third-term major essay.

Option 4: 381112 Psychoanalysis and Philosophy (Mr. Anderson)

Some philosophical considerations raised by Freud's (a) dynamic theory of mind and (b) social theory.

Option Group B Option 5: 381108 Knowledge and Explanation

(Dr. Robinson, Professor Hooker)

This is a course in how we come to know things, and how we explain them to ourselves and others. What sort of things do we believe in, and why? What opinions do we hold, and why? What is the difference between having an opinion on something and knowing it? Has the advent of science, both natural and social. enhanced or diminished our capacity to know and explain? Are there some things that science can neither know nor explain? Evaluation: one brief assignment plus a 2-hour take home examination.

Option 6: 381109 Philosophy of Religion (Dr. Dockrill, Dr. Lee)

What, if anything, does religious experience teach us? Is there a God? Are religious beliefs merely subjective or hypothetical? Is religious language essentially symbolic? Can we reconcile the presence of evil in the world with the existence of an all-powerful, all-wise, and perfectly good God? Is death final? How are religion and morality related? Evaluation: short essay and 2-hour examination.

Option 7: 381110 Critical Reasoning (Dr. Robinson, Dr. Lee)

This option, which is not a course in formal logic, aims at the development of skills in analyzing, evaluating, and advancing arguments. Evaluation: exercises and class texts.

Option 8: 381113 Logic (Dr. Lee, Dr. Robinson)

Either Ia) an introduction to traditional logic from consideration of the structure and method of science (Mr. Anderson) or (b) an introduction to symbolic logic.

Texts Core-strand· Hobbes, T.

Option 1:

Option 2: Frankena, W. K.

Option 3: Diesendorf, M. (ed.)

Hooker, C. A. et a!. Saddler, H.

Leviathan (Fontana or Penguin)

No prescribed text. Notes will be issued.

Ethics (Prentice- Hall)

Energy and People (Society for Social Responsibility in Science)

Energy and the Quality of Life (Toronto U.P.) Energy in Australia (Hale & Iremonger)

151

Option 4: Freud. S.

Copi, I. M.

Option 5: Chalmers, A. Option 6: Stewart, D.

Option 7: Scriven, M.

Option 8: Cohen & Nagel Plato Copi, I. M.

References

Introductory Lectures in Psychoanalysis (Pelican) Pschopathology of Everyday Life (Pelican) Totem and Taboo (Routledge or Pelican) Symbolic Logic (Collier) ( Symbolic Logic)

VI/hat Is This Thing Called Science? {Queensland U.P.)

Exploring the Philosophy of Religion (Prentice-Hall)

Reasoning {McGraw-Hill)

An Introduction to Logic and Scientific Method (Routledge) The Last Days of Socrates (Penguin) {Traditional Logic) Symbolic Logic (Collier) (Symbolic Logic)

For references. see The Philosophy Manual (available from the Department of Philosophy).

381200

381201

ENGINEERING PHILOSOPHY TOPICS

Philosophy ID I unit Either the core-strand of Philosophy I (as above) or one Philosophy I option.

Philosophy IE 2 units

Either the first or the second half of the core-strand of Philosophy I (as above) plus one Philosophy I option.

381202 Philosophy IF 3 units

Either the first or the second half of the core-strand of Philosophy I (as above) plus two Philosophy I options.

The choice of options is unrestricted.

741200 Physics lA Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

4 units Nil

3 lecture hours & an average of 3 hours of laboratory & tutorial work per week

One paper after the end of each term together with laboratory and tutorial work assessment.

For students who may wish to proceed to Physics II. and for students in the Faculty of Engineering.

A rigorous. mathematically based discipline with emphasis on the unifying principles which link together different areas of the subject. Lectures will cover mechanics. oscillations and waves, current electricity and electromagnetism. thermal physics, geometrical and physical optics. and quantum physics. The treatment throughout will assume some knowledge of calculus. Texts Refer to Physics Department noticeboard.

152

7 41300 Physics IB

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Nil

3lecture hours and 3 hours laboratory or demonstrations per week.

One paper after the end of each term. together with laboratory and problem work assessment.

Content . Ph · {A d" For students who in general do not intend to proceed with further stu_dies m ysics. ere _It pass or better in Physics IB will normally be required for entry t~ Phys~cs II). The treatment will require a minimum of mathematics. The coverage of the subject Will be somewhat broader than in Physics lA.

Texts Arya, A. P. Ayra, A. P. &

Goldberg, E. M.

742101 PH221

Prerequisites

Hours

Introduction to College Physics (Macmillan 1979) Students Study Guide to Introduction to College Physics

(Macmillan 1979)

Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics 2 units

Mathematics I, Physics lA, or normally a credit pass in 1B

45 lecture hours & 45 laboratory hours

Examination 3 hours

Content . . This subject is intended for students in Electrical Engineering. The content covers topics m Electromagnetics and Quantum Physics.

Students who may later wish to continue Physics in the Science. Facu~ty are advised that Science Faculty regulations require that Physics II be completed m a smgle year.

Texts Texts will be listed on the Physics Department notice board.

153

154

Section 5

COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES

155

-01 .....

INTRODUCTION

Part 7 of the Degree Requirements for Undergraduate Courses in the Faculty of Engineering provide forthe offering of combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in any specialisation and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics, or Bachelor of Science. There is also provision for a combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Metallurgy and Bachelor of Mathematics. Admission to such combined courses will normally be allowed after the completion of the first year of a degree course and is restricted to student who have obtained a minimum average standard of credit. Only in exceptional circumstances will a student be allowed to transfer to a combined degree course after second year or later.

Students who are considering transferring to a combined course at the end of the first year should familiarise themselves with the requirements for both degrees and pay particular attention to the choice of elective subjects. Students are advised to consult their Student Advisor or the Faculty Secretary before attempting to enrol in a combined course.

The following combined course programmes are arranged so as to group together the course relating to one particular engineering speciality.

(i) Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Chemical Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards for approval.

Year I

Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Chemical Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

ChE141 Industrial Process Principles ChE lSI Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment ChEI52 Industrial Process Design I GEISI Introduction to Materials Science Mathematics I Physics lA Chemistry I

Bachelor of Cummerce/ Bachelor of Eco~omics/ Bachelor of Arts/

Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year II Year II Year II

ChE261 Separation ChE261 Separation ChE261 Separation

Processes I Processes I Processes I ChE27 I Fuels and

ChE271 Fuels and ChE271 Fuels and Combustion combustion

Combustion ChE251 Structures and ChE251 Structures and ChE251 Structures and

Pressure Vessel Design Pressure Vessel Design Pressure Vessel Design

ChE291 Laboratory ChE291 Laboratory ChE291 Laboratory ChE272 Fluid Mechanics ChE272 Fli.tid Mechanics ChE272 Fluid Mechanics

ChE241 Process ChE241 Process ChE241 Process

Analysis I Analysis I Analysis I

Chemistry IIC Chemistry IIC Chemistry IIC

Mathematics liB pt. I Mathematics liB pt. I Mathematics liB pt. I

GE204 Engineering GE204 Engineering GE204 Engineering

computations I computations I Computations I

GE205 Engineering GE205 Engineering GE205 Engineering

Computations II Computations II Computations· II

Arts subject Accounting I Economics I

Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Four courses are possible

Year II Year II Year II Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIA

ChE261 Separation Chemistry IIA

Processes I Chemistry IIA ChE261 Separation ChE261 Separation

ChE241 Process Analysis I Processes I Processes 1

ChE27 1 Fuels and ChE241 Process GE204 Engineering

Combustion Analysis I Computations I

ChE251 Structure & GE204 Engineering GE205 Engineering

Pressure Vessel Computations I Computations II

Chemistry IIC Design GE205 Engineering ChE291 Laboratory Computations II

Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIC ChE272 Fluid Science Subject -

Mechanics Part I ChE241 Process Analysis I

GE204 Engineering computations I

GE205 Engineering Computations II

... en CD

Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Engineering

Year Ill ChE371 Kinetics and Thermodynamics

ChE361 Separation Processes II

ChE391 Laboratory ChE362 Solids Handling & Minerals Processing

ChE354 Electrochemistry and Corrosion

ChE35 1 Equipment Design

ChE342 Process Analysis II

ChE381 Computations ChE382 Process Dynamics

ChE352 Process Engineering

ChE353 Process Economics

Mathematics liB pt. 2 Arts subject

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Engineering

Year IV ChE462 Environmental

Control ChE471 Industrial

Safety ChE4 72 Transport Phenomena

ChE482 Process Control ChE483 Reaction

Engineering ChE497 Design Project 2 Arts subjects

Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year Ill Year Ill ChE371 Kinetics and ChE371 Kinetics and Thermodynamics

ChE361 Separation Thermodynamics

ChE361 Separation Processes II Processes II

ChE362 Solids Handling ChE362 Solids Handling & Minerals Processing & Minerals Processing

ChE354 Electrochemistry ChE354 Electrochemistry and Corrosion and Corrosion

ChE3S I Process Analysis ll

ChE351 Equipment Design

ChE342 Process ChE342 Process Analysis II Analysis II

ChE381 Computations ChE381 Computations ChE382 Process ChE382 Process

Dynamics Dynamics ChE352 Process ChE352 Process Engineering Engineering

ChE353 Process ChE353 Process Economics Economics

Economics I Economics II Introductory Introductory Quantitative Methods Quantitative Methods

Mathematics liB pt. 2 Mathematics liB pt. 2

Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year IV Year IV ChE391 Laboratory ChE391 Laboratory ChE462 Environmental ChE462 Envrionmental

Control Control ChE471 Industrial ChE471 Industrial Safety

Safety ChE4 72 Transport ChE4 7 2 Transport o Phenomena

Phenomena ChE482 Process Control ChE482 Process Control ChE483 Reaction ChE483 Reaction Engineering Engineering 3 Bachelor of Economics

3 Bachelor of Commerce Subjects Subjects

Bachelor of Mathematics Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Engineering

Year Ill Year Ill Year III ChE2S I Structures & ChE361 Separation ChE2S I Structures &

Pressure Vessel Design Processes II Pressure Vessel ChE271 Fuels and 2 Science Subjects - Design Combustion Part II ChE27 I Fuels and

ChE272 Fluid Mechanics OR Combustion ChE291 Laboratory ChE361 Separation ChE272 Fluid ChE361 Separation Processes II Mechanics Processes II Science Subject - ChE291 Laboratory

Mathematics IliA Part II ChE361 Separation Science Subject - Processes II Part Ill Science Subject -

Part II OR ChE2S I Structures & Pressure Vessel Design

ChE271 Fuels and Combustion

ChE272 Fluid Mechanics

ChE291 Laboratory ChE361 Separation Processes II

Science Subject -Part III

Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year IV Year IV Year IV ChE371 Kinetics and ChE371 Kinetics and ChE371 Kil)etics and Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics

ChE391 Laboratory ChE391 Laboratory ChE391 Laboratory ChE362 Solids Handling ChE362 Solids ChE362 Solids & Minerals Processing Handling and Handling and

ChE354 Electrochemistry Minerals Minerals and Corrosion Processing Processing

ChE3S I Equipment ChE354 Electro- ChE354 Electro-Design chemistry and chemistry and

ChE342 Process Corrosion Corrosion Analysis II ChE351 Equipment ChE3S I Equipment

ChE3B I Computations Design Design ChE382 Process ChE342 Process ChE342 Process

Dynamics Analvsis II Analysis II ChE352 Process ChE381 Computa- ChE381 Computa-

Engineering lions lions ChE353 Process ChE382 Process ChE382 Process

Economics Dynamics Dynamics Part Ill subject from ChE352 Process ChE352 Process B.Math. Schedule of Engineering Engineering Subjects ChE353 Process ChE353 Process

Economics Economics Science Subject - Science Subject -

Part III Part III

---

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year V YearY Year V Year V Year V Year V ChE491 Seminar ChE497 Design Project ChE497 Design Project ChE462 Environmental ChE462 Environ- ChE462 Environ-ChE496 Research ChE491 Seminar ChE491 Seminar Control mental Control mental Control

Project ChE496 Research Project ChE496 Research Project ChE471 Industrial Safety ChE471 Industrial ChE471 Industrial Electives - 2 units 2 Bachelor of Commerce 2 Bachelor of Economics ChE472 Transport Safety Safety Arts subject Subjects Subjects Phenomena ChE4 72 Transport ChE4 72 Transport

ChE4B2 Process Control Phenomena Phenomena ChE4B3 Reaction ChE4B2 Process ChE4B2 Process

Engineering Control Control ChE497 Design Project ChE4B3 Reaction ChE4B3 Reaction ChE491 Seminar Engineering Engineering ChE496 Research Project ChE497 Design ChE497 Design Electives - 2 units Project Project

ChE491 Seminar ChE491 Seminar ChE496 Research ChE496 Research

Project Project Electives - 2 units Electives - 2 units

(ii) Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Civil Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, ,Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards for approval.

Year I

Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Civil Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

CE Ill Statics CE 171 Engineering surveying I GE112 Introduction to Engineering Design GElS I Introduction to Materials Science EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME131 Dynamics Matliematics I Physics lA

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Yearn Year II CE212 Mecharucs of Solids I CE212 Mechanics of Solids I CE213 Mechanics of Solids II CE213 Mechanics of Solids II CE224 Civil Engineering CE224 Civil Engineering

Materials Materials CE223J Engineering Geology CE223J Engineering Geology CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE232 Fluid Mechanics II CE232 Fluid Mechanics II GE204 Engineering Chemistry IS Computations I Mathematics IIA

GE205 Engineering Accounting I Computations II ME 121 Workshop Practice

Chemistry)S Mathematics IIA ME121 Workshop Practice

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year II Year II CE212 Mechanics of Solids I CE212 Mechanics of Solids I CE213 Mechanics of Solids II CE213 Mechanics of Solids II CE224 Civil Engineering CE224 Civil Engineering

Materials Materials CE223J Engineering Geology CE223J Engineering Geology CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE232 Fluid Mechanics II CE232 Fluid Mechanics II Chemistry IS GE204 Engineering Mathematics IIA Computations I Economics I GE205 Engineering MEI21 Workshop Practice Computations II

Mathematics IIA Chemistry IS ME121 Workshop Practice

Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering

Year II CE212 Mechanics of Solids I CE213 Mechanics of Solids II CE224 Civil Engineering

Materials CE223J Engineering Geology CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE232 Fluid Mechanics II Chemistry IS Mathematics IIA Science Subject - Part I

"' 1\)


Year III CE314 Structural Analysis I CE315 Structural Design I CE324 Soil Mechanics CE333 Fluid Mechanics III CE334 Auid Mechanics IV CE341 Water Resources Engineering I

CE342 Water Resources Engineering II

GE350 Seminar CE351 Civil Engineering Systems I

CE372 Transportation Engineering

EE211 Energy Conversion Arts Subject - Part I


Year IV CE425 Earth and Rock

Engineering CE452 Engineering

Construction CE453 Project Structures Elective Departmental Elective Arts Subject - Part II

Year V Arts Subject - Part I Arts Subject - Part II Arts Subject - Part III

Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Engineering

Year III CE314 Structural Analysis I CE315 Structural Design I CE324 Soil Mechanics CE333 Auid Mechanics III CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV CE341 Water Resources Engineering I


GE204 Engineering Computations I


CE35I Civil Engineering Systems I


EE211 Energy Conversion Economics I




construction CE453 Project Structures Elective Departmental Elective Introductory Quantitative

Methods 1 Bachelor of Commerce Subject

Year V 4 Bachelor of Commerce

Subjects

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Engineering

Year III CE314 Structural Analysis I CE3 I 5 Structural Design I CE324 Soil Mechanics CE333 Auid Mechanics III CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV CE341 Water Resources Engineering I


CE351 Civil Engineering Systems I


GE204 Engineering Computations I


EE211 Energy Conversion Introductory Quantitative Methods

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Engineering



Construction CE453 Project Structures Elective Departmental Elective Economics II 1 Bachelor of commerce

Subject

Year V 4 Bachelor of Economics

Subjects

Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year III Year III CE314 Structural Analysis I CE314 Structural Analysis I CE315 Structural Design I CE315 Structural Design I CE324 Soil Mechanics GE204 Engineering CE333 Fluid Mechanics III Computations I CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV GE205 Engineering CE341 Water Resources Computations II Engineering I MEI21 Workshop Practice

CE342 Water Resources EE211 Energy Conversion Engineering II 2 Science Subjects - Part II

GE350 Seminar EE2Il Energy Conversion Mathematics IIC

Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science; Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year IV Year IV CE351 Civil Engineering CE324 Soil Mechanics

Systems I CE333 Fluid Mechanics lll

CE372 Transportation CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV

Engineering CE341 Water Resources CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering I

Engineering CE342 Water Resources

CE452 Engineering Engineering II

Construction Science Subject - Part II

Structures Elective Science Subject - Part lll

Mathematics lilA

Year V YearY GE350 Seminar CE453 Project

Part III Subject from B. Math. CE351 Civil Engineering

Schedule of Subjects Systems 1

Departmental Elective CE372 Transportation Engineering

CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering

CE452 Engineering Construction

CE453 Project Structures Elective

I Departmental Elective -·

(iii) Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Industrial Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor ot Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.

Year I

Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Computer Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

CE I I I Statics EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals GEI12 Introduction to Engineering Design ME Ill Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME131 Dynamics Mathematics I Physics lA Chemistry IS


Year II Year II EE2l.J Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion EE221 Semiconductor EE221 Semiconductor Devices Devices

EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic EE262 Systematic Programming Programming

EE264 Introduction to EE264 Introduction to Computer Architecture & Computer Architecture & Assembly Language Assembly Language

PH221 Electromagnetics and PH221 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics

Mathematics IIA Mathematics liB pt. I Arts Subject - Part I Economics I

Accounting I


Ye;tr Ill Year Ill EE263 Introduction to Mathematics liB pt. 2

Structuring of Information EE263 Introduction to EE323 Linear Electronics Structuring of Information EE324L Electronics EE323 Linear Electronics

Laboratory EE324L Electronics EE325 Introduction to Digital Laboratory Technology EE325 Introduction to

EE333 Advanced Circuit Digital Technology Analysis EE333 Advanced Circuit

EE341 Automatic Control Analysis EE344 Communications EE341 Automatic Control EE345 Digital Signal EE344 Communications

Processing EE345 Digital Signal Arts Subject - Part II Processing Arts Subject - Part I OR II Introductory Quantitative

Methods 1 Bachelor of Commerce Subject

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year II Year II Year II EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion EE221 Semiconductor EE221 Semiconductor EE221 Semiconductor Devices Devices Devices

EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic EE262 Systematic EE262 Systematic Programming Programming Programming

EE264 Introduction to EE264 Introduction to EE264 Introduction to Computer Architecture & Computer Architecture & Computer Architecture & Assembly Language Assembly Language Assembly Language

PH221 Electromagnetics and PH221 Electromagnetics and PH221 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics

Mathematics liB pt. I Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIA Economics I Mathematics IIC Science Subject - Part I Introductory Quantitative Methods

Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year Ill Year Ill Year Ill

Mathematics liB pt. 2 Mathematics IliA EE263 Introduction to Part III Subject from B. Math. Structuring of Information EE263 Introduction to Schedule of Subjects EE323 Linear Electronics Structuring of

EE324L Electronics Information Laboratory EE323 Linear Electronics

EE325 Introduction to EE324L Electronics Digital Technology Laboratory

EE333 Advanced Circuit EE325 Introduction to Digital Analysis Technology

EE341 Automatic Control EE333 Advanced Circuit EE344 Communications Analysis EE345 Digital Signal EE341 Automatic Control

Processing EE344 Communications 2 Science Subjects - Part II EE345 Digital Signal

Processing Economics II I Bachelor of Economics Subject

Ol Ol

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year IV Year IV Year IV Year IV Year IV GE350 Seminar EE362 Switching Theory and EE362 Switching Theory and EE263 Introduction to GE350 Seminar EE362 Switching Theory and Logic Design Logic Design Structuring of Information EE362 Switching Theory and Logic Design 3 units from List 1 3 units from List I EE323 Linear Electronics Logic Design

Arts Subject - Part III I unit of Elective I unit of Elective EE324L Electronics Science Subject - Part II Arts Subject - Part II or III 3 Bachelor of Commerce 3 Bachelor of Economics Laboratory Science Subject - Part III

Subjects Subjects EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology

EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis

EE341 Automatic Control EE344 Communications EE345 Digital Signal Processing

EE362 Switching Theory and Logic Design

GE350 Seminar 4 units of Electives

Year V YearV Year V Year V Year V EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE422 Electronic Design B EE422 Electronic Design B EE422 Electronic Design B EE422 Electronic Design B EE422 Electronic Design B EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanced Digital Systems Systems Systems Systems Systems

EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating Systems Systems Systems Systems Systems

EE464 Compiier EE464 Compiler EE464 Compiler EE464 Compiler EE464 Compiler Construction Construction Construction Construction Construction

EE480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project EE481 Project OR 2 EE300/ EE481 Project OR 2 EE300/ EE481 Project OR 2 EE300/ EE481 Project OR 2 EE300/ EE481 Project OR 2 EE300/ 400/500 Units 400/500 Units 400/500 Units 400/500 Units 400/500 Units

EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar 4 units from List I I unit from List I I unit from List I 4 units from List I 4 units from List I I unit of Elective I Bachelor of Commerce I Bachelor of Economics I unit of Elective I unit of Elective

Subject Subject

(iv) Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering The following combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Electrical Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics. Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.

Year I Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Electrical Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

CE I I I Statics EE\31 Circuit Fundamentals GE\12 Introduction to Engineering Design ME Ill Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME\31 Dynamics Mathematics I Physics lA Chemistry IS


Year II Year II EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion EE22 I Semiconductor EE221 Semiconductor

Devices Devices EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic EE262 Systematic Programming Programming

EE264 Introduction to EE264 Introduction to Computer Architecture & Computer Architecture &

Assembly Language Assembly Language PH221 Electromagnetics and PH221 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics

Mathematics IIA Mathematics liB pt. 1 Arts Subject - Part I Economics I

Accounting I

-

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year II Year II EE211 Energy Conversion EE2ll Energy Conversion EE221 Semiconductor EE221 Semiconductor Devices Devices

EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic EE262 Systematic Programming Programming

EE264 Introduction to EE264 Introduction to Computer Architecture & Computer Architecture &

Assembly Language Assembly Language PH221 Electromagnetics and PH221 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics

Mathematics liB pt. 1 Mathematics IIA Economics I Mathematics IIC introductory Quantitative Methods


Year II EE2ll Energy Conversion EE221 Semiconductor Devices

EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic Programming

EE264 Introduction to Computer Architecture & Assembly Language

PH221 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics

Mathematics IIA Science Subject - Part I

"' co


Year III EE313 Power Systems EE314 Electrical Machines EE315 Power Electronics EE323 Linear Electronics EE324L Electronics Laboratory

EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology


EE341 Automatic Control EE344 Communications Arts Subject - Part 11 Arts Subject - Part I or ll

Year IV GE350 Seminar EE362 Switching Theory and Logic Design

Arts Subject - Part lii Arts Subject - Part ll or lll


Year V EE421 Electronics Design A EE451 Electromagnetic

Propagation & Antennas EE480 Project EE481 Project or 2 units from EE300/400 subjects

EE491 Seminar 7 units from EE300/400

subjects


Year III Mathematics liB pt. 2 EE323 Linear Electronics EE324L Electronics Laboratory

EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology


EE341 Automatic Control EE344 Communications EE362 Switching Theory and Logic Design

Introductory Quantitative Methods

I Bachelor of Commerce Subject

Year IV EE3 I 3 Power Systems EE314 Electrical Machines EE315 Power Electronics 6 units from EE300/400

Subjects 2 Bachelor of Commerce

Subjects


Year V EE421 Electronics Design A EE451 Electromagnetic Propagation & Antennas

EE480 Project EE481 Project OR 2 units from EE300/400 subjects

EE491 Seminar 1 unit from EE300/400 subjects

2 Bachelor of Commerce subjects


Year III Year III Year III Mathematics liB pt. 2 Mathematics lllA EE313 Power Systems EE323 Linear Electronics Part lii Subject from B. Math. EE314 Electrical Machines EE324L Electronics Schedule of Subjects EE315 Power Electronics Laboratory EE323 Linear Electronics

EE325 Introduction to EE324L Electronics Digital Technology Laboratory

EE333 Advanced Circuit EE325 Introduction to Analysis Digital Technology

EE341 Automatic Control EE333 Advanced Circuit EE344 Communications Analysis EE362 Switching Theory and EE341 Automatic Control Logic Design EE344 Communications

Economics 11 2 Science Subjects - Part 11 1 Bachelor of Economics Subject

Year IV Year IV Year IV EE313 Power Systems EE313 Power Systems GE350 Seminar EE314 Electrical Machines EE314 Electrical Machines EE362 Switching Theory and EE315 Power Electronics EE315 Power Electronics Logic Design 6 units from EE300/400 EE323 Linear Electronics Science Subject - Part ll

Subjects EE324L Electronics Science Subject - Part lii 2 Bachelor of Economics Laboratory

Subjects EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology


EE341 Automatic Control EE344 Communications EE362 Switching Theory and Logic Design

GE350 Seminar 4 units of Elective


--Year V Year V Year V EE421 Electronics Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronics Design A EE451 Electromagnetic EE451 Electromagnetic EE451 Electromagnetic Propagation & Antennas Propagation & Antennas Propagation & Antennas

EE480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project EE481 Project or 2 units from EE481 Project or 2 units from EE481 Project or 2 units from EE300/400 subjects EE300/400 subjects EE300/400 subjects

EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar 1 unit from EE300/400 7 units from EE300/400 7 units from EE300/400 subjects subjects subjects

2 Bachelor of Economics subjects

-.J 0

(v) Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of l ndustrial Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce. Bachelor of Economics. Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.

Year I

Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Industrial Engineering speciality and consist of the following subjects:

CE Ill Statics GElS! Introduction to Materials Science GE112 Introduction to Engineering Design MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing MEI3l Dynamics ME223 Engineering Technology Mathematics I Physics !A Chemistry IS


Year II Year II EE!31 Circuit Fundamentals EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals ME20 l Experimental MEI21 Workshop Practice Methods I ME202 Dynamics of

EE202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems Engineering Systems ME214 Mechanics of Solids l

ME203 Experimental ME24l Properties of Methods II Materials I

ME214 Mechanics of Solids I Mathematics IIA ME241 Properties of Accounting I Materials I Economics I

ME25l Fluid Mechanics ME271 Thermodynamics I Mathematics l!A Arts Subject - Part I

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/

Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year Ill Year Ill EE2ll Energy Conversion ME20l Experimental MEI21 Workshop Practice Method I

ME203 Experimental GE204 Engineering Computations I Methods II

GE205 Engineering ME212 Engineering Design I

Computations II ME232 Dynamics of ME212 Engineering Design I Machines I ME232 Dynamics of ME251 Fluid Mechanics I

Machines I ME271 Thermodynamics I

ME343 Mechanics of Introductory Quantitative

Solids II Methods ME361 Automatic Control 2 Bachelor of Commerce

Arts Subject - Part I Subjects Arts Subject - Part II

-Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year II Year II EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals EE131 Circuit Fundamentals MEI21 Workshop Practice ME201 Experimental ME202 Dynamics of Methods I Engineering Systems ME202 Dynamics of

ME214 Mechanics of Solids I Engineering Systems ME241 Properties of ME203 Experimental

Materials I Methods ll Mathematics l!A ME2l4 Mechanics of Solids I Introductory Quantitative ME241 Properties of Methods Materials I

Economics I ME251 Fluid Mechanics 1 ME271 Thermodynamics I Mathematics llA Mathematics l!C

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/


Year Ill Year Ill EE211 Energy Conversion ME201 Experimental MEI21 Workshop Practice Methods I

ME203 Experimental GE204 Engineering

Methods II Computations I

ME212 Engineering Design I GE205 Engineering

ME232 Dynamics of Computations II ME212 Engineering Design I Machines I

ME251 Fluid Mechanics I ME232 Dynamics of

ME271 Thermodynamics I Machines I ME343 Mechanics of Economics II

2 Bachelor of Economics Solids II ME361 Automatic Control Subjects Mathematics lilA


Year II EE !31 Circuit Fundamentals ME20 I Experimental Methods I

ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems

ME203 Experimental Methods II

ME214 Mechanics of Solids l ME241 Properties of Materials I

ME25l Fluid Mechanics I ME271 Thermodynamics I Mathematics liB Science Subject - Part l


Year Ill EE2ll Energy Conversion MEI21 Workshop Practice GE204 Engineering Computations I


ME212 Engineering Design I ME232 Dynamics of Machines I

ME343 Mechanics of Solids II

ME361 Automatic Control 2 Science Subjects - Part II

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year IV Year IV Year IV Year IV Year IV ME312 Engineering Design II EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion ME312 Engineering Design ll ME312 Engineering Design II ME313 Engineering GE204 Engineering GE204 Engineering ME313 Engineering ME313 Engineering

Design lll Computations I Computations I Design III Design III ME333 Dynamics of GE205 Engineering GE205 Engineering ME333 Dynamics of ME333 Dynamics of

Machines II Computations ll Computations II Machines II Machines ll ME381 Methods Engineering ME312 Engineering Design II ME312 Engineering Design II, ME381 Methods Engineering ME381 Methods Engineering ME383 Quality Engineering ME313 Engineering ME3!3 Engineering ME383 Quality Engineering ME383 Quality Engineering Arts Subject - Part III Design III Design III ME48l Production Science Subject - Part II Arts Subject - Part II or III ME333 Dynamics of ME333 Dynamics of Engineering Science Subject - Part lll

Machines II Machines II Part III Subject from B. Math. ME343 Mechanics of ME343 Mechanics of Schedule of Subjects Solids II Solids II

ME361 Automatic Control ME361 Automatic Control ME381 Methods Engineering ME381 Methods Engineering ME383 Quality Engineering ME383 Quality Engineering ME483 Production ME483 Production

Engineering Engineering ME487 O.R. - Deterministic ME487 O.R. - Deterministic Models Models

ME488 O.R. - Probabilistic ME488 0. R. - Probabilistic Models Models

I Bachelor of Commerce I Bachelor of Commerce Subject Subject

Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Mathematics Bachelor of Science/

Bachelor of .~rts Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering


Year V Year V Year V Year V ME482 Engineering Year V ME496 Project/Seminar ME482 Engineering

ME482 Engineering ME496 Project/Seminar Econmics I Economics I

Economics I 4 units Departmental 4 units Departmental ME484 Engineering ME483 Production

Technical Electives Technical Electives ME483 Production

2 Bachelor of Commerce 2 Bachelor of Economics Economics II Engineering

Engineering Subjects ME487 O.R. - Deterministic ME484 Engineering

ME484 Engineering Subjects Models Economics ll

Economics ll ME488 O.R. - Probabilistic ME487 0. R. - Deterministic

ME487 O.R. - Deterministic Models Models

Models ME496 Project/Seminar ME488 0. R. - Probabilistic

ME488 O.R. - Probabilistic GE301 Technology & Human Models

Models Values 1 ME496 Project/Seminar

ME496 Project/Seminar GE302 Technology & Human GE301 Technology & Human

GE301 Technology & Human Values ll Values I

Values I 4 units Departmental GE302 Technology & Human

GE302 Technology & Human Technical Electives Values ll

Values ll 4 units Departmental

Technical Electives

--J

""'

--J (11

(vi) Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Mechanical Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.

Year I

Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Mechanical Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

CEll! Statics GElS! Introduction to Materials Science GE112 Introduction to Engineering Design ME131 Dynamics ME Ill Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME223 Engineering Technology Mathematics I Physics lA Chemistry IS


Year II Year II EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals ME20 1 Experimental MEl2l Workshop Practice Methods I ME202 Dynamics of

ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems Engineering Systems GE204 Engineering

ME203 Experimental Computations I Methods Jl GE205 Engineering

ME2l4 Mechanics of Solids I Computations II ME24l Properties of ME2!4 Mechanics of Solids I Materials I ME24 I Properties of

ME25 I Fluid Mechanics I Materials I ME271 Thermodynamics Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIA Accounting I Arts Subject - Part I Economics I

----- ----·- -----


Year III Year III EE211 Energy Conversion ME20 I Experimental ME121 Workshop Practice Methods I GE204 Engineering ME203 Experimental

Computations I Methods II GE205 Engineering ME2l2 Engineering Design I Computations II ME232 Dynamics of

ME212 Engineering Design I Machines I ME232 Dynamics of ME251 Fluid Mechanics I Machines I ME271 Thermodynamics I

ME342 Properties of Introductory Quantitative Materials II Methods

ME343 Mechanics of 2 Bachelor of Commerce Solids II Subjects

ME361 Automatic Control Arts Subject - Part I or II Arts Subject - Part II

Year IV Year IV ME302 Experimental EE211 Energy Conversion Methods III ME302 Experimental

ME352 Fluid Mechanics II Methods III ME372 Heat Transfer ME3l2 Engineering Design II ME373 Thermodynamics II ME3l3 Engineering Arts Subject - Part III Design III Arts Subject - Part II or III ME342 Properties of GESOI Technology & Human Materials II

Values I ME343 Mechanics of Solids II

ME352 Fluid Mechanics II ME36l Automatic Control ME372 Heat Transfer ME373 Thermodynamics II 2 Bachelor of Commerce

I Subjects


Year II Year II Year II EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals MEl2l Workshop PraCtice ME20 l Experimental ME20l Experimental ME202 Dynamics of Methods I Methods I Engineering Systems ME202 Dynamics of ME202 Dynamics of

GE204 Engineering Engineering Systems Engineering Systems Computations I ME203 Experimental ME203 Experimental

GE205 Engineering Methods II Methods II Computations II ME2l4 Mechanics of Solids I ME2 I 4 Mechanics of Solids I

ME2 I 4 Mechanics of Solids I ME24 I Properties of ME24l Properties of ME24l Properties of Materials I Materials I Materials I ME25I Fluid Mechanics I ME25 I Fluid Mechanics I

Mathematics IIA ME27 I Thermodynamics I ME27 I Thermodynamics I Introductory Quantitative Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIA Methods Mathematics IIC Science Subject - Part I

Economics I --

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/

Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year III Year III Year III ME20I Experimental EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion Methods I ME12l Workshop Practice ME 121 Workshop Practice

ME203 Experimental GE204 Engineering GE204 Engineering Methods II Computations I Computations I

ME212 Engineering Design I GE205 Engineering GE205 Engineering ME232 Dynamics of Computations Jl Computations II Machines I ME212 Engineering Design I ME212 Engineering Design I

ME251 Fluid Mechanics I ME232 Dynamics of ME232 Dynamics of ME271 Thermodynamics I Machines I Machines I Economics II ME342 Properties of ME342 Properties of 2 Bachelor of Economics Materials II Materials II

Subjects ME343 Mechanics of ME343 Mechanics of Solids II Solids II

ME361 Automatic Control ME361 Automatic Control Mathematics IliA 2 Science Subjects - Part II

Year IV Year IV Year IV EE2l l Energy Conversion GE350 Seminar ME302 Experimental ME302 Experimental ME302 Experimental Methods III

Methods III Methods III ME352 Fluid Mechanics II ME312 Engineering Design II ME312 Engineering Design II ME372 Heat Transfer ME3l3 Engineering ME3l3 Engineering ME37 3 Thermodynamics II

Design III Design III Science Subject - Part 11 ME342 Properties of ME352 Fluid Mechanics II Science Subject - Part III

Materials II ME372 Heat Transfer GE301 Technology & Human ME343 Mechanics of ME373 Thermodynamics II Values l Solids II Part III Subject from B. Math.

ME352 Fluid Mechanics II Schedule of Subjects ME36l Automatic Control GE301 Technology & Human ME372 Heat Transfer Values 1 ME373 Thermodynamics II 2 Bachelor of Economics

Subjects

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Year V Year V Year V Year V Year V GE30! Technology & Human CE3!5 Structural Design l CE3!5 Structural Design l GE302 Technology & Human GE302 Technology & Human

Values ll ME333 Dynamics of ME333 Dynamics of Values ll Values ll CE3!5 Structural Design l Machines ll Machines ll CE3!5 Structural Design l CE3!5 Structural Design l ME3!2 Engineering Design ll ME496 Project/Seminar ME496 Project/Seminar ME333 Dynamics of

ME3!2 Engineering Design ll ME3!3 Engineering 4 units Departmental 4 units Departmental Machines ll

ME3!3 Engineering Design lll Technical Electives Technical Electives ME4Bl Engineering Design lll

ME333 Dynamics of l Bachelor of Commerce l Bachelor of Economics Administration ME333 Dynamics of

Machines ll Subject Subject ME482 Engineering Machines ll ME48! Engineering Economics l ME48 l Engineering

Administration ME496 Project/Seminar Administration

ME482 Engineering 4 units Departmental ME482 Engineering

Economics l Technical Electives Economics l

ME496 Project/Seminar

ME496 Project/Seminar 4 units Departmental

4 units Departmental Technical Electives

Technical Electives

(vii) Bachelor of Metallurgy I f M h tics and Bachelor of Metallurgy has been submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards for The following combined course leading to the degrees of Bache or o at ema approval.

Year I Year II Year III Year IV Year V

Mathematics l Mathematics IIA Mathematics lilA Part Ill Subject from B. Math. Met40l Directed Reading Chemistry I Mathematics IIC Met30l Communication Schedule of Subjects Met402 Seminar Physics lA GE204 Engineering Skills 2 units from Met300 Subjects Met49l Laboratory Project ChE 141 Industrial Process Computations I ChE353 Process Economics Met39l Physical Metallurgy 8 units from Met400 Subjects

Principles GE205 Engineering Met3!4 Theory of Laboratory ChE!Sl Industrial Chemical Computations ll Metallurgical Processes ll OR

Processes Equipment Met2!4 Theory of Met355 Physical Metallurgy Met392 Chemical Metallurgy ChEl52 Industrial Process Metallurgical Processes I Met37 5 Industrial Metallurgy Laboratory

Design I Met26l Extraction 2 units of Elective GElS! Introduction to Metallurgy

Materials Science Met24l Microplasticity Met27l Fabrication Metallurgy

Met28! Atomic and Electronic Structure

Met25l Metallography

178

Section 6

SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS

179

Subject Computer Numbers for Engineering Courses

The following subject computer numbers are presented as an aid in the completion of enrolment and variation of programme forms. They are set out in the following course order.

Page (i) B.E. and B.Sc. (Eng.) in Chemical Engineering including

B.E. with Process Metallurgy Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

(ii) B.E. in Civil Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

(iii) B. E. in Electrical and Computer Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 (iv) B. E. in Mechanical and Industrial Engineering........................... 185

(v) B.Met. and B.Sc. (Met.)............................................... 187

(vi) B.Surv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

(vii) M.Eng.Sc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Computer

(i) B.E. and B.Sc. (Eng.) in Chemical Engineering including Process Metallurgy Option

Number SUBJECT NAME ComputerNAMES OF Number COMPONENTS

511108 511109

511110 501102 661100 721100 741200

512224 512225

5!2226 512227 512228 512229 501103 501104 112261 722400 662110

"662111

First Year Subjects ChE141 Industrial Process Principles ChEI51 Industrial Chemical Processes

and Equipment ChE152 Industrial Process Design I GE 151 Introduction to Materials Science Mathematics I Chemistry I Physics lA

Second Year Subjects ChE241 Process Analysis I ChE25 I Structures and Pressure Vessel

Design ChE26 I Separation Processes I ChE27 I Fuels and Combustion ChE272 Fluid Mechanics ChE291 Laboratory GE204 Engineering Computations I GE205 Engineering Computations II Met261 Extraction Metallurgy Chemistry IIC EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential

Equations EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear

Algebra

180

Computer ' ComputerNAMES OF Number COMPONENTS Number SUBJECT NAME

513109 513226 513227 513228 513229 513230 513231

513232 513233 513234 513235 513237 513236 113395 113392 509400

ChE342 Process Analysis II ChE351 Equipment Design ChE352 Process Engineering ChE353 Process Economics

Third Year Subjects

ChE354 Electrochemistry and Corrosion ChE361 Separation Processes II ChE362 Solids Handling and Minerals

Processing ChE371 Kinetics and Thermodynamics ChE372 Fuel Technology I ChE37 3 Furnace Heat Transfer ChE381 Computations ChE382 Process Dynamics ChE391 Laboratory lll(et314 Theory of Metallurgical Processes II Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory Electives List Elective Components

Fourth Year Subjects 514125 ChE452 Process Evaluation and

514126 514127 514128 514129 514130

514131 514132 514133 514134 514135 514136 514137 514138 514139 514140 514143 514141 514142 514144 514145

514146 514147 514148 114414 509400

511104 511105 511106 511107

Optimization ChE462 Environmental Control ChE471 Industrial Safety ChE4 72 Transport Phenomena ChE4 7 3 Radiant Heat Transfer ChE4 7 4 Selected Topics in Heat and

Mass Transfer ChE47 5 Advanced Combustion ChE476 Fluid and Particle Mechanics ChE481 Advanced Computations ChE482 Process Control ChE483 Reaction Engineering ChE484 Advanced Reaction Engineering ChE485 Advanced Process Control ChE490 Design Project ChE491 Seminar ChE492 Research Project ChE493 Design Project ChE494 Laboratory Project ChE495 Design Project ChE496 Research Project ChE497 Design Project

ChE441 Special Topic - I unit ChE442 Special Topic - 2 units ChF443 Soecial Topic - 3 units Met414 Theory of Metallurgical Processes III Electives List Elective Components

Industrial Experience Units ChE002 Industrial Experience ChE003 Industrial Experience ChE004 Industrial Experience ChE005 Industrial Experience

181

Computer ComputerNAMES OF Number COMPONENTS Number SUBJECT NAME

521101 521104 531203 501101 501102 541104

541103 661100 741200 741300

721900 522102 522111 522112 732900 522202 522204 532106 501103 501104 541201 662110

523109 523110 523102 523306 523307 523309 523308 523202 523107 523108 509400

(ii) B.E. in Civil Engineering

First Year Subjects CE Ill Statics CE 171 Engineering Surveying I EE 131 Circuit Fundamentals GE 112 Introduction to Engineering Design GElS! Introduction to Materials Science MElli Graphics and Engineering

Drawing ME131 Dynamics Mathematics I Physics lA Physics IB

Second Year Subjects Chemistry IS CE212 Mechanics of Solids I CE2 I 3 Mechanics of Solids II CE224 Civil Engineering Materials CE223J Engineering Geology CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE232 Fluid Mechanics II EE211 Energy Conversion GE204 Engineering Computations I GE205 Engineering Computations II ME121 Workshop Practice EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential

Equations

Third Year Subjects CE314 Structural Analysis I CE315 Structural Design I CE324 Soil Mechanics CE333 Fluid Mechanics III CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV CE341 Water Resources Engineering I CE342 Water Resources Engineering II GE350 Seminar CE351 Civil Engineering Systems I CE372 Transportation Engineering Electives ' List Elective Components

182

Computer Number SUBJECT NAME

ComputerNAMES OF Number COMPONENTS

524001 524002 524003 524051 524052

524053

524054

524055 524056 524057 524058 524403 524034 524035 524036 524059 524060 524061 524062 524063 524102 524404 524406 524050 524045 524046 524047 524048 524049 509400

521092 521093 521094

721900 661100 741200 521101 531203 501101

541104

541103

Fourth Year Subjects CE410 Elastic Continua CE411 Plastic Frame Design CE412 Thin Walled Structures CE413 Brickwork and Timber Design CE414 Analysis and Design of Plates

and Shells CE414T Structural Analysis and

Design II CE41 5 Optimal Design of Structural

Elements CE416 Structural Analysis II CE417 Structural Analysis III CE418 Structural Design II CE419 Structural Design III CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering CE426 Advanced Properties of Materials CE427 Concrete Technology CE428 Soil Mechanics CE435 Theoretical Hydrodynamics CE436 Open Channel Flow CE437 River and Coastal Engineering I CE443 Water Resources Engineering Ill CE444 Water Quality Management CE452 Engineering Construction CE453 Project CE453T Project CE454 Civil Engineering Systems II CE473 Engineering Surveying II CE474 Transportation Planning CE475 Highway Engineering CE490 Special Topic CE491 Special Topic Electives List Elective Components

Industrial Experience Units CE092 Industrial Experience CE093 Industrial Experience CE094 Industrial Experience

(iii) B.E. in Electrical and Computer Engineering

First Year Subjects Chemistry IS Mathematics I Physics lA CE II I Statics EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals GE112 Introduction to Engineering

Design ME I I I Graphics & Engineering

Drawing MEI31 Dynamics

183


ComputerNAMES OF Number· COMPONENTS

Second Year Subjects 662100 Mathematics IIA

662210 Mathematics liB Part I 662220 Mathematics liB Part 2

532106 532107 532108 532113 532114

532116

742101

509400

EE211 Energy Conversion EE221 Semi-conductor Devices EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic Programming EE263 Introduction to Structuring of

Information EE264 Introduction to Computer

Architecture & Assembly Language PH221 Electromagnetics and

Quantum Mechanics Electives

662102 Topic B 662109 Topic CO 662104 Topic D 662109 Topic CO 662102 Topic B 662104 Topic D

List Elective Components

Third Year Subjects 533201 533106 533111 533107 533108 533115 533217 533213 533110 533113 533116 533222

533208 523202 509400

534107 534144

534146 534109 534110 534147 534132 534141 534134 534148

534145 534124 534143 534102 534106 534101 509400

EE313 Power Systems EE314 Electrical Machines EE315 Power Electronics EE323 Linear Electronics EE324L Electronics Laboratory EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis EE341 Automatic Control EE342 Linear System Theory EE344 Communications EE345 Digital Signal Processing EE362 Switching Theory and

Logic Design EE380 Project/Directed Reading GE350 Seminar Electives List Elective Components

Fourth Year Subjects EE415 Power Systems EE416 Advanced Electrical Machine

Theory· EE417 Variable Speed Drive Systems EE421 Electronic Design A EE422 Electronic Design B EE426 Advanced Digital Systems EE443 Optimization Techniques· EE446 Linear Optimal Control· EE447 Digital Communications EE451 Electromagnetic Propagation

and Antennas EE462 Topics in Switching Theory EE463 Computer Operating .Systems EE464 Compiler Construction EE480 Project/Directed Reading EE481 Project/Directed Reading EE491 Seminar Electives List Elective Components

• not offered in 1982.

184



531302 531303 531304 531305 531306 531307

521101 501101

501102 541104

541103 542209 721900 661100 741200

531203 501103

501104 541201 542206 542104 542207 542208 542105 542305 542106 542210 542205 662110

Industrial Experience Units EE092 Industrial Experience EE093 Industrial Experience EE094 Industrial Experience EE095 Industrial Experience EE096 Industrial Experience EE097 Industrial Experience II ,

(iv) B.E. in Mechanical and Industrial Engineering

First Year Subjects CE Ill Statics GEII2 Introduction to Engineering

Design GElS! Introduction to Materials Science MElli Graphics and Engineering

Drawing MEI31 Dynamics ME223 Engineering Technology Chemistry IS Mathematics I Physics lA

Second Year Subjects EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals GE204 En!\ineering Computations I

GE205 Engineering Computations II MEI21 Workshop Practice ME201 Experimental Methods I ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems ME203 Experimental Methods II ME212 Engineering Design I ME214 Mechanics of Solids I ME232 Dynamics of Machines I ME241 Properties of Materials I ME25 I Fluid Mechanics I ME271 Thermodynamics I EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential

Equations 662111 EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear

Algebra

185


523110 532106 662208 501105 501106 543104 543105 543106 543107 543108 543109 543110 543204 543202 543111 543501 543502 543503 504101 504102 544451 544427 544462

544453 544424

544426 544425

544419

544401 544402 544416

544418

544411 544412 544413 544423

544101 544433 544463 544464 544841

544842

544465 544203 540126

509400

Third and Fourth Year Subjects CE315 Structural Design I EE211 Energy Conversion EM2H Probability & Statistics GE301 Technology & Human Values I GE302 Technology & Human Values II ME302 Experimental Methods lll ME312 Engineering Design II ME313 Engineering Design lll ME333 Dynamics of Machines II ME342 Properties of Materials II ME343 Mechanics of Solids II ME352 Fluid Mechanics II ME361 Automatic Control ME372 Heat Transfer ME373 Thermodynamics II ME381 Methods Engineering ME383 Quality Engineering ME384 Design for Production GE471 Energy GE472 Energy ME40 I Systems Analysis ME404 Mathematical Programming I ME405 Advanced Engineering

Computations ME407 Environmental Engineering ME409 Introduction to Noise

Pollution Control ME41 0 Advanced Design Concepts I ME419 Bulk Materials Handling

Systems Analysis and Design ME434 Advanced Kinematics &

Dynamics of Machines ME444 Properties of Materials ME445 Mechanics of Solids ME448 An Introduction to

Photomechanics ME449 Reliability Analysis for Mechanical

Systems ME453 Fluid Mechanics ME473 Thermodynamics ME474 Heat Transfer ME476 Developments in the Use of

Solar Energy ME481 Engineering Administration ME482 Engineering Economics I ME483 Production Engineering ME484 Engineering Economics II ME487 Operations Research -

Deterministic Models ME488 Operations Research -

Probabilistic Models ME492 Special Topic ME496 Project/Seminar ME505 Systems Analysis, Organisation

and Control Electives List Elective Components

186


541302 541303 541304 541305 541307 541308

661100 741200 721100 511108 511109

511110 501102

662110

662111

501 I03 501104 112214 I I2241 112251 112261 112271 112281

Industrial Experience Units ME092 Industrial Experience ME093 Industrial Experience ME094 Industrial Experience ME095 Industrial Experience ME097 Industrial Experience ME098 Industrial Experience

Mathematics I Physics lA Chemistry I

(vi B.Met. and B.Sc. (Met.j

First Year Subjects

ChE141 Industrial Process Principles ChEI51 Industrial Chemical Processes

& Equipment ChE 152 Industrial Process Design I GE 151 Introduction to Materials Science

Second Year Subjects EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential


Algebra GE204 Engineering Computations I GE205 Engineering Computations II Met214 Theory of Metallurgical Processes I Met241 Microplasticity Met251 Metallography Met261 Extraction Metallurgy Met271 Fabrication Metallurgy Met281 Atomic and Electronic Structure

509400 Electives List Elective Components

513228 113301 113323

113393

I I3395

113325

113353 113350

113355 113356 113364 113397 113374

113375 113391 113392

ChE353 Process Economics Met301 Communication Skills

Third Year Subjects

Met311 Statistical Design and Optimisation of Metallurgical Processes

Met312 Modelling and Control of Metallurgical Processes

Met314 Theory of Metallurgical Processes II

Met332 Electrochemistry, Corrosion & Hydrometallurgy

Met353 Solidification Processes MPI354 Qu.Jntit.Jtive M<•t.Jllogr.Jphy Met355 Physical Metallurgy Met356 Metallographic Techniques Met364 Refractories Met373 Polymer Processing Met374 Welding and Non-Destructive

Testing Met375 Industrial Metallography Met391 Physical Metallurgy Laboratory Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory

509400 Electives List Elective Components

187



Fourth Year Subjects 11440S Met40 I Directed Reading I 14406 Met402 Metallurgy Seminar 114434 Met411 Metallurgy Computations 114414 Met414 Theory of Metallurgical

Processes Ill 1144S4 Met4SI Structure of Real Crystals 1144S2 Met4S2 Physical Metallurgy 1144S3 Met4S3 Metallography 114481 Met481 Dislocation Theory 114482 Met482 Metal Physics 114490 Met490 Design Project 114483 Met491 Laboratory Project

111102 111103 111104 Ill lOS 111106

Industrial Experience Units Met092 Industrial Experience Met093 Industrial Experience Met094 Industrial Experience Met09S Industrial Experience Met096 Industrial Experience

(vi) B.Surv.

First Year Subjects 421 I 00 Economics I 6611 00 Mathematics 1 741200 Physics IA 741300 Physics IB S2IIIO SVIII Surveying I S2IIII SVI2I Survey Camp I

662110

662111

662208 S22408 S31203 S22404 S2240S S22407 S22409 S22410 432300

3S2200 S23333 S2330S S2332S S23327 S23328 S23329 433300

Second Year Subjects EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential


Algebra EM2H Probability and Statistics CE20 I Civil Engineering IS EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals SV212 Surveying II SV222 Survey Camp II SV232 Survey Computations 1 SV233 Survey Computations II SV271 Basic Regional and Urban Economics SV291 Introduction to Legal Studies

Third Year Subjects Geography liB CE302 Civil Engineering liS SV313 Surveying Ill SV334 Survey Computations l11 SV341 Astronomy I SV3Sl Geodesy 1 SV361 Photogrammetry I SV392 Property and Survey Law

188



S23108 S2412S S24126 S24127 S24128 S24129 S24130 S24131 S24137 S2413S S24136 S24138 524133 S09400

SIOI28

S10117 S10122 SIOI26 S1013S SIOI2S S10130 510123 SI0124

SIOI39 SIOIS3 SIOI47 SIOI48 S10149 SIOISO SIOISI S!OIS2 SIOIS4

SIOISS 5101S6 510108 510109 510110

Fourth Year Subjects CE372 Transportation Engineering SV414 Surveying IV SV41S Surveying V SV442 Astronomy II SV4S2 Geodesy II SV4S3 Geodesy Ill SV462 Photogrammetry II SV463 Photogrammetry l11 SV464 Advanced Mapping SV472 Land Valuation SV473 Town Planning SV474 Surveying Management SV481 Project Electives Elective Components

(vii) M.Eng.Sc.

(a) Department of Chemical Engineering ChESO I Chemical Process Principles for

Effluent Control ChESII Advanced Heat Transfer ChES13 Advanced Combustion ChES14 Furnace Engineering ChESIS Energy Management ChES16 Reaction Engineering ChES17 Combustion Engineering ChES21 Air Pollution Effluent Control ChES22 Control of Industrial Liquid

Effluents ChES23 Particulate Separations ChES24 Comminution ChESS! Polymer Technology ChES63 Mineral Processing ChES76 Fluid Mechanics ChESS I Advanced Computations I ChES82 Advanced Computations II ChESBS Advanced Process Control ChE611 Advanced Problems in Mass

Transfer and Reaction Engineering ChE612 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer ChE621 Advdnced Topics in Erfluent Control

Project · 2 units Project · 3 units Project - 4 units

189



520137 520138 520139 520140

lbl Department of Civil Engineering CESIO Elastic Continua CESII Plastic Frame Design CE512 Thin Walled Structures CE514 Analysis and Design of Plates and

Shells 520141 CESIS Optimal Design of Structural

Elements 520131 520121 520142 520143 520144 520145 520133 520129 520136 520612 520611

CE526 Advanced Properties of Materials CE528 Soil Mechanics

520613 520614 520110 520148 520135

CE535 Theoretical Hydrodynamics CE536 Open Channel Flow CE537 River and Coastal Engineering I CE544 Water Quality Management CE554 Civil Engineering Systems II CE574 Transportation Planning CE575 Highway Engineering CE612 Prestressed Concrete Design CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fracture

Mechanics CE636 Advanced Fluid Mechanics CE637 River and Coastal Engineering II ProjeC"t · 2 units Project - 3 units Project - 4 units

530107 530105 530142 530127 530102 530120 530123 530128 530129 530143

lei Department of Electrical Engineering EE516 Advanced Power Systems· EE517 Variable Speed Drive Systems EE526 Advanced Digital Systems EE541 Sample Data Control Systems· EE542 Modern Control' EE543 Optimization Techniques· EE545 Communication Systems· EE546 Modern Control' EE547 Digital Communications EESSI Electromagnetic Propagation and

Antennas 530130 EE552 Advanced Topics in Communication

Systems· 530141 EE562 Topics in Switching Theory· 530117 EE563 Computer Operating Systems 530136 EE564 Compiler Construction 530108 EE565 Pattern Recognition· 530119 EE566 Automata and Computing Machines· 530125 EE567 Computer Process Control 530121 EE568 Advanced Computer Architecture· 530122 EE569 Formal Languages and Automata• 530135 EE580 Project - 2 units 530139 EE580 Project - 3 units 530161 EE580 Project - 4 units 530 Ill EE590 Seminar 530137 EE591 Seminar 530 138 EE592 Seminar 530140 EE593 Seminar 530133 EE641 Multivariable Control Systems· 530134 EE642 Stochastic Control'

• Not offered in 1982

190


544451 544427 544462

544453 544424

544426 544425

544401 544464 544841

544842

540137

540126

540127 540128

540129 540138

540130

540141 540131

540132 540133

540152 540134 540135 540136 540139 540140 433240 540173 540176

115521 115531 115532 115533 115551 115552 115553 115561 115581 115582 115583 115584

ldl Department of Mechanical Engineering ME40 I Systems Analysis ME404 Mathematical Programming 1 ME405 Advanced Engineering

Computations ME407 Environmental Engineering ME409 Introduction to Noise Pollution

Control ME41 0 Advanced Design Concepts 1 ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems

Analysis and Design ME444 Properties of Materials ME484 Engineering Economics 11 ME487 Operations Research -

Deterministic Models ME488 Operations Research -

Probabilistic Models ME503 Design of Experiments for

Engineering Research ME505 Systems Analysis, Organisation and

Control ME508 Air Pollution Studies II ME511 Experimental and Theoretical

Stress Analysis ME515 Advanced Design Concepts 11 ME517 Materials Handling and

Transportation Systems ME535 Vibration and Noise Problems in

Industry ME553 Turbulent Flows ME554 Computation of Fluid Flows and

Heat Transfer MESS I Mathematical Programming 11 ME582 Probabilistic Models in Operations

Research ME582D Industrial Computations ME583 Modelling of Management Problems ME584 Simulation ME597 Project/Seminar - 2 units ME597 Project/Seminar - 3 units ME597 Project/Seminar - 4 units ME681 D Industrial Law ME684D Project ME685 Advanced Operations Research

lei Department of Metallurgy Met521 Metallurgical Thermodynamics Met531 Heat Transfer Met532 Fluid Mechanics Met533 Metallurgical Rate Processes MetSSI Electron Metallography Met552 Physical Metallurgy Met553 Metallography Met561 Extraction Metallurgy Met581 Dislocation Theory Met582 Metal Physics Project - 2 units Project - 3 units

191

E UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE

D

IISTRATIOft

LOWER GROI.ItD FLOOR GROlltD FLOOR FIRST FLOOR

'RAT!~

rv PflOGRNK:S IG CENTRE

'ICS ANGUAGES

'" TY COUNSELLING SERVICE IRE THEATRE

I[ATRE

ATRE SCIENCES

:JENCES 18RAAY

IR£ lYRE ENCES

" :s ruoiES BUILDINGS :s IL SCIENCES .,_ lGY ;y IG COMPLEX . ENGINEERING IGINEERING :Al ENGINEERING :AL ENGINEEI:.ING !lNG TH[A";"R( iS ROOMS

ICY SERVICE ,[AVICE

"' FACILITIES BLOCKS RESIDENCE

ous ALTH BANK Y CHILO CARE CENTRE

ll

SPORTS CENTRE USE AVILION OURTS

NEW SOUTH WALES

OESIGHATION

LG, G & l LG LG G I I

LG I G I

LG 8 c 0 [

G

" N p

'· s R s s 5 1

[A

£A [A [A [f

HA HB, H(

WR

~ I

192

' 1!10 -... -_ ...

200

----i ----- \

7---- \

,.-/ \

I \ I

I

~~'',/~,' ' ' ' '

' ' ' '' ' ' ' ' ' ' 0 ' ' ' ' ' '

/ /

/

/ /

/

/ /

/

\ \

' \

/ /

/

\ \

\ \

"' / /

/

' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '

-

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

• I-UNDERGRADUATE COURSES

• (a) Chemical Engineering

• (b) Civil Engineering, Surveying and Natural Resources

• (c) Electrical and Computer Engineering

Mechanical Engineering

• Metallurgy

• Surveying

• II-SUBJECTS OFFERED BY DEPARTMENTS OUTSIDE ENGINEERING FACULTY

• COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES

• SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS

Documents

Faculty Of Engineering, Handbook, 1982 · 2016-01-21 · This Volume is intended as a reference handbook for students enrolling in courses conducted by the Faculty of Engineering